Studies in Arabic literary papyri - University of...
-
Upload
phamkhuong -
Category
Documents
-
view
214 -
download
1
Transcript of Studies in Arabic literary papyri - University of...
STUDIES IN A R A B I C LITERARY PAPYRI
by
Karim Samji
A thesis submitted to the faculty of The University of Utah
partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of
Master of Arts
Department of History
The University of Utah
August 2008
STUDIES IN ARABIC LITERARY PAPYRI
by
Karim Samji
A thesis submitted to the faculty of The University of Utah
in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of
Master of Arts
Department of History
The University of Utah
August 2008
Copyright © Karim Samji 2008
All Rights Reserved
Copyright © Karim Samji 2008
All Rights Reserved
THE UNIVERSI TY OF UTAH GRADUATE SCHOOL
SUPERVISORY COMMITTEE APPROVAL
of a thesis submitted by
Karim Samji
This thesis has been read by each member of the following supervisory committee and by majority vote has been found to be satisfactory.
Chair.��l�
Edwird 1. Davies, II
THE UNIVERSITY OF UTAH GRADUATE SCHOOL
FINAL READING APPROVAL
To the Graduate Council of the University of Utah:
I have read the thesis of Karim Samji in its final form and have found that (1) its format, citations, and bibliographic style are consistent and acceptable; (2) its illustrative materials including figures, tables, and charts are in place; and (3) the final manuscript is satisfactory to the supervisory committee and is ready for submission to The Graduate School.
Date peters��¥ Chair: Supervisory Committee
Approved for the Major Department
Eric Hinderaker Chair/Dean
Approved for the Graduate Council
David S. Chapman Dean of The Graduate School
A B S T R A C T
The thesis addresses the historiographical and methodological impasse in Arabic
manuscript research. The first part of the thesis examines the authenticity debate in
historical circles between the descriptivist and revisionist schools, followed by an
analysis of the methodological problems faced in the criticism of prophetic logia
{hadith). In light of these considerations, the codicological approach is advanced as an
alternate conceptual schema. Subsequently, a case study of M s Or.P443 is provided to
demonstrate the efficacy of the proposed method.
The second part of the thesis provides the editions, translations, commentaries,
and significance of six Arabic literary papyri from the Aziz S. Atiya Papyri and Paper
Collection at the Universi ty of Utah. The six Arabic literary papyri comprise materials
from both hadith and Islamic moral law ifiqh). The papyri include M s Or.P173, P205,
P365, P443 , P518 , and P 5 2 1 . These specific papyri address a variety of issues relating to
the development of hadith sndfiqh. The publication of these papyri will prove to be a
substantial contribution to the understanding of the evolution of these traditions.
ABSTRACT
The thesis addresses the historiographical and methodological impasse in Arabic
manuscript research. The first part of the thesis examines the authenticity debate in
historical circles between the descriptivist and revisionist schools, followed by an
analysis of the methodological problems faced in the criticism of prophetic logia
(nadfth). In light of these considerations, the codicological approach is advanced as an
alternate conceptual schema. Subsequently, a case study of Ms Or.P443 is provided to
demonstrate the efficacy of the proposed method.
The second part of the thesis provides the editions, translations, commentaries,
and significance of six Arabic literary papyri from the Aziz S. Atiya Papyri and Paper
Collection at the University of Utah. The six Arabic literary papyri comprise materials
from both nadfth and Islamic moral law (fiqh). The papyri include Ms Or.PI73, P205,
P365, P443, P5I8, and P521. These specific papyri address a variety of issues relating to
the development of nadfth andfiqh. The publication of these papyri will prove to be a
substantial contribution to the understanding of the evolution of these traditions.
No-one is able to attain the truth adequately, while, on the other hand, we do not collectively fail, but everyone says something true about the nature of things, and while individually we contribute little or nothing to the truth, by the union of all a considerable amount is amassed...
We must first consider what is said by others, so that, if there is anything which they say wrongly, we may not be liable to the same objections, while, if there is any opinion common to them and us, we shall have no private grievance against ourselves on that account, for one must be content to state some points better than one's predecessors and others no worse.
Aristotle
No-one is able to attain the truth adequately, while, on the other hand, we do not collectively fail, but everyone says something true about the nature of things, and while individually we contribute little or nothing to the truth, by the union of all a considerable amount is amassed . . .
We must ftrst consider what is said by others, so that, ifthere is anything which they say wrongly, we may not be liable to the same objections, while, if there is any opinion common to them and us, we shall have no private grievance against ourselves on that account, for one must be content to state some points better than one's predecessors and others no worse.
Aristotle
TABLE OF C O N T E N T S
A B S T R A C T iv
LIST OF F I G U R E S ix
S Y M B O L S *
A C K N O W L E D G M E N T S xi
I N T R O D U C T I O N 1
Historiographical Problem: The Authentici ty Debate 1
Methodological Problem: Hadith Criticism 4 Alternate Conceptual Schema: The Codicological Method 7 Codicological Study of Ms Or.P443: Hadith and History 8 The Scope of the Present Study 14
D O C U M E N T 1: M S OR.P173 17
Identification 17 Physical Description 17 Script 18 Text: Recto 19 Text: Verso 20 Translation: Recto 20 Translation: Verso 21 Comment s 21
D O C U M E N T 2: M S OR.P205 32
Identification 32 Physical Description 33 Script 33 Text: Recto 35 Text: Verso 35 Translation: Recto 36 Translation: Verso 36 Comment s 39
D O C U M E N T 3 : M S OR.P365 45
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ABSTRACT ..... ........ ........ ................... .... .... .... .................. .... ... .. ............. .. .......... ........ ..... .. iv
LIST OF FIGURES ....... .... ............. .. ... ........ .... .. ...... ....... ... ...... ..... ....... ...... .... .. ... ...... ... ... ... ix
SyMBOLS ................... .... ................................................................ ... .. .. ............................ x
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS .. ............................................................................................... xi
INTRODUCTION ......... ....... .......... ....... .. ...... ........ ... .. ......... ...... ..... ................................ .... 1
Historiographical Problem: The Authenticity Debate ...... .... .......... ........... .. .... . 1 Methodological Problem: Eadlth Criticism .... ... ...... .......... ... .... ..... .... ....... ........ 4 Alternate Conceptual Schema: The Codico1ogical Method .. ...... ... ... ... .......... .. . 7 Codicological Study ofMs Or.P443 : Eadzth and History ....... ........... .... .. .... .... 8 The Scope of the Present Study .... ... ... ..... .... .... .. ....... ..... .... ..... ....... ... ... ...... ... .. 14
DOCUMENT 1: MS OR.P173 ...... .. ...... .. ............ ........... .. .... .. ............ .. ... .... ..... .... ...... ... ... 17
Identification .. .... ... .. .... .. ..... .. ..... .. .. ... .... ... ............. .... .... .............. ...... .... .... ... .... 17 Physical Description .. ... ......................................... .. .... ... .......... .... .... .... ....... ... 17 Script ........ .. ... ... ..... ...................... .... ...... ...... .. ... .. .... ... .......... ... ............... ... ... .. .. 18 Text: Recto .. .... .... .... ............ ..... .. ..... ... ........ .. ..... ..... ..... ..... .... .......... .. .. ..... ... ..... 19 Text: Verso ........................................................ .. .. ..... .... ....... ... .... ... ... ......... .... 20 Translation: Recto ... ... ...... ....... ... ... ...... ... ....... .. ... ...... ........ .. ........... .................. 20 Translation: Verso ...................................................... ..... ... .. .. .... ..................... 21 Comments ................... .......................................... ......... ... ...... ... ..... ....... ......... 21
DOCUMENT 2: MS OR.P205 ........................ ................................................................. 32
Identification .................. .... ....... .. ................. .. ... ... .. ... ...... ........ ................ .. ..... . 32 Physical Description .. ... ....... .. .... ... ...... ...... ...... .. ..... .......... ...... .. ...... ..... .. .. ........ 33 Script ...... ................ ..... .......... ... ..................... ............... ..... ... .. : .. ... ....... .. ... ....... 33 Text: Recto ................ ........... ... ...... .. ....... ... ........ ..... .... : ... ........... ........... .. ........ . 35 Text: Verso ............. ... ....... ... ..... ... ............ .. ...... ... ... .... ................... ..... .............. 35 Translation: Recto .. ..... ... ...... .. .. ... ............... ...... ...... .. ........... ........ ........ .. ... ... ... . 36 Translation: Verso .. .. .... ................ .... ... .......... ........... ................. .. ... ....... ... ....... 36 Comments ...... ......... ....................... .. .... .............. .. ..... ..... ..... ...... ...................... 39
DOCUMENT 3: MS OR.P365 ... ........ ....... .. ........ ... .... .. ... ......... .. .. .......... .......... .. .............. 45
Identification 45 Physical Description 45 Script 46 Text: Recto Right Side 48 Text: Recto Left Side 48 Text: Verso Right Side 48 Text: Verso Left Side 49 Translation: Recto Right Side 49 Translation: Recto Left Side 50 Translation: Verso Right Side 50 Translation: Verso Left Side 50 Comments 51
D O C U M E N T 4: M S OR.P443 61
Identification 61 Physical Description 62 Script 63 Text: Recto 64 Text: Verso 64 Translation: Recto 65 Translation: Verso 65 Comments 68
D O C U M E N T 5: M S OR.P518 71
Identification 71 Physical Description 73 Script 73 Text: Recto 75 Text: Verso 75 Translation: Recto 76 Translation: Verso 77 Comments 77
D O C U M E N T 6: M S OR.P521 83
Identification 83 Physical Description 83 Script 83 Text: Recto 84 Text: Verso 85 Translation: Recto 85 Translation: Verso 85 Comments 86
vii
Identification ........ ................. .. ........ .. .. ..... ........ ... ....... ...... ......................... ... ... 45 Physical Description ...................... ......... .......... ........ ...... ......... .......... .... ....... .. 45 Script .......... ........ ..... ........ .... ..... ..... .... ......... .. .......... ... ...... ... .... ..... .... ............. ... 46 Text: Recto Right Side ...... .... .. ..... .......... .... .... ......... ...... ..... ...... ...... ..... .......... .. 48 Text: Recto Left Side ..... ... .......... ....... .... .. .......... .... .. .... ... ......... ..... .. .............. .. 48 Text: Verso Right Side ..... ..... ..... .. .... ...... ........ ...... .... ..... ..... .. ..... ........ ............. . 48 Text: Verso Left Side ... ..... .... ........ ..... .... .... ... ...... ........ .... ... ....... ........ ............ .. 49 Translation: Recto Right Side ... ............. .... .. .. ... ....... ... ....... .. ... ....... ... .... .. ....... . 49 Translation: Recto Left Side ........ ..... .... .......... ............ ......... ............ .. ............. 50 Translation: Verso Right Side ..... .... .. .......... ... ............... .... .. .... ..... .... ..... ... .... ... 50 Translation: Verso Left Side ... ... .... .... ....... ...... ....... .. ... ...... ...... ......... .. ... ... .... ... 50 Comments .. .... ........ ....... .... .... ... ..... ........ .. .. ........ ..... .... ..... .... ........ .. ..... .... ........ . 51
DOCUMENT 4: MS OR.P443 .... ... ... ...... ... .. ... ..... .. ... ... .. .......... ....... ..... ... .... ..... .... ......... ... 61
Identification ... .. .. ... ........ ...... ......... .. .......... .... ....... ....... .. .... ... ... .. .... ..... ... ..... .... . 61 Physical Description ............... .. .. .................. .............. ... ......... ... ... ............... ... 62 Script ... ............. ... ... ... ... .... ....... .... .... .. ....... ...... ... ... ... .. .. .... .... ...... ... ...... .. ........... 63 Text: Recto ....... ....... ....... ....... ........ ... .... ..... .... ...... ....... .. .... .. ....... .... ... ...... ... ...... 64 Text: Verso ... ... ... ... ..... ... .. ........ .... .. ....... ... .... ....... ...... .. .... ........ ....... ... .... .. ......... 64 Translation: Recto ..... ........ .... ..... ..... ... ........ ... ...... .... ... ....... .... ..... ... ... .... ... ..... .. . 65 Translation: Verso .. ....... .... ... ... .. ................... .......... .. ...... ......... .... .. ..... ..... .... .... 65 Comments .............................................. ... .... ... .... ................ ... ............ .......... .. 68
DOCUMENT 5: MS OR.P518 ................................ ....... ... .... .... .. ... ....... ... ...... .......... ....... . 71
Identification ............... ... ....... ..... ........... ... .... .............. ........... ............... .......... . 71 Physical Description ...... ..... ........... ..... .... .. .. ..... ... ....... ........ .............. ...... ...... ... 73 Script ... .... ....... ...... ....... ...... .. ....... ......... ............ ...... .............. .................... ..... ... 73 Text: Recto ..... ........... ..... ........ .... ............. .... .......... ..... .. ...... .... ... ..... ..... ... ...... ... 75 Text: Verso ................................................ ...... ........... ... ..... ... ............... .... .... ... 75 Translation: Recto ......................................... ......................................... ......... 76 Translation: Verso ... ...... ................................................... ............................ .. . 77 Comments ........... ........ .............. ......... ............................................................. 77
DOCUMENT 6: MS OR.P521 ............................... .............. ....... ........ ............. ... .... ..... .... 83
Identification .................. ........................... .................. ......... ................ ........... 83 Physical Description ....... ..... ... ....... ... .. .. .. ... .......... .... .. .... ... .... .. ..... ... .. ... ... ... .... . 83 Script ......... .................... .................. ....... ....... ........................................ .. ... .. .. . 83 T ext: Recto .................... ............. .... ... ..... .... ....... .. .......... ....... .. .. .......... .. .... ....... 84 Text: Verso .... ... ............. ...................... ....... ............. ........ ................... .. ... ... ... .. 85 Translation: Recto ..................... ..... ..... ..... .............................................. ......... 85 Translation: Verso .. ... ........ .. .... ........ .. .. ...... ...... .... .................. ... ... ... .... ..... .. .. .... 85 Comments .... ....... ............. .. .... .... .... ......... ...... .... ........ .. .... .... .. ....... ...... .... ...... ... 86
Vll
CONCLUSION
BIBLIOGRAPHY
CONCLUSION ................................................................................................................. 92
BIBLIOGRAPHY .. ... ................. .. ... ......... ........ ................ ......... ............... ......................... 94
V111
LIST OF F I G U R E S
Figure Page
1. M s O r . P 1 7 3 R 22
2. M s O r . P 1 7 3 V 23
3. M s O r . P 2 0 5 R 37
4. M s O r . P 2 0 5 V 38
5. M s O r . P 3 6 5 R 52
6. M s O r . P 3 6 5 V 53
7. M s O r . P 4 4 3 R 66
8. M s O r . P 4 4 3 V 67
9. M s O r . P 5 1 8 R 78
10. M s O r . P 5 1 8 V 79
11. M s O r . P 5 2 1 R 87
12. M s O r . P 5 2 1 V 88
LIST OF FIGURES
Figure Page
1. Ms Or.PI73R ....... ..... .. ............. .... ............. ..... .... ..... .... ... ...... ...... ... ... ... ....... ...... 22
2. Ms Or.PI73V ........ .. .. .......... .. ......... .... ..................... ............ ..... .... ......... ........... 23
3. Ms Or.P205R ... ..... ........ ... ..... ... .... .... ...... ... .. .... .... ... ... ... .... ... .. .. .... ... ......... ........ . 37
4. Ms Or.P205V ..... ...... ... .............. .. ... ........ ..... .. ....... ...... ... ...... .. .. .... ........ ... ..... ..... 38
5. Ms Or.P365R ... ......... ....... ....... .... .. ... .. ...... .. .... ..... ... .. .... ....... .............. ..... ... ..... .. 52
6. Ms Or.P365V ..... ....... ... ........ .... ..... ..... ... .............. ..... ... ...... ......... ........... ... ...... .. 53
7. Ms Or.P443R ....... ....... .. ... ... .... .......... ... ..... ........ .. .. .. .... .... ....... ...... .... ..... .. ...... ... 66
8. Ms Or.P443V ... ............ .. .... ... ....... .. ........................ ... .. .. .. .. .. ....... ........... .. ......... 67
9. Ms Or.P518R .. ... ........ .... .. .... .. ....... .. ................ .... ..... .. ....... .. ..... .... .... .......... .. .... 78
10. Ms Or.P518V ............................ .. ......... .. ........................................... .... .. ... .. .. .. 79
11. MsOr.P52IR ................. .......... ................................. .. ........... ...... .... .. ......... ..... 87
12. Ms Or.P521 V ............ .. ............................................... .. ........... ... ............... .. .. ... 88
SYMBOLS
General Symbols
R Recto V Verso rS Right Side IS Left Side A Written First B Writ ten Subsequently
Edited Text Symbols
[... ] Lacuna in the text. ( ) Uncertain reading; text appears between brackets. < > Postulated reconstruction of text. \ \ Gloss in translation. « » Text crossed or blotted out by copyist. <...> Erasure. { } Dittograph.
Superscript. Subscript. Illegible script; each dash represents one letter space,
f J Marginalia. x Break with following fragment; uncertain whether the two fragments are
contiguous.
SYMBOLS
General Symbols
R Recto V Verso rS Right Side IS Left Side A Written First B Written Subsequently
Edited Text Symbols
[ ... ] Lacuna in the text. ( ) Uncertain reading; text appears between brackets. < > Postulated reconstruction of text. \ \ Gloss in translation. «» Text crossed or blotted out by copyist. < ... > Erasure. J f Dittograph.
Superscript. Subscript. Illegible script; each dash represents one letter space.
r J Marginalia. x Break with following fragment; uncertain whether the two fragments are
contiguous.
A C K N O W L E D G M E N T S
This thesis represents the culmination of the collective efforts of many scholars.
First and foremost, I would like to thank Mark Muehlhaeusler, Middle East Collection
Specialist at the Aziz S. Atiya Middle East Library, without whose expertise, assistance,
and encouragement the fruition of this project would not have been feasible.
Significant contributions were made by the following scholars: Hanan Ahmad,
whose critical eye and patience were indispensable in finalizing the translations of the
papyri; Bernard G. Weiss , under whose guidance the theoretical and methodological
section was completed; Petra Sijpesteijn, who generously lent her expertise in Arabic
papyrology and whose critical, meticulous, and erudite comments have without doubt
ameliorated the quality of the thesis; Luise Poulton, Associate Curator of Rare Books at
the J. Willard Marriott Library, who provided unlimited access to the Papyri Collection
and enthusiastically supported every effort to study the documents; Leonard Chiarelli,
Middle East Librarian at the J. Willard Marriott Library, whose untiring commitment to
making any and every bibliographic resource available advanced the research
considerably; and Peter Sluglett, who masterfully oversaw the completion of the thesis.
I owe special gratitude to Professor Edward J. Davies II, who facilitated an
environment of intellectual freedom conducive to academic growth. Lastly, I would like
to thank the Editor. It goes without saying that I alone am responsible for what is
published here.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This thesis represents the culmination of the collective efforts of many scholars.
First and foremost, I would like to thank Mark Muehlhaeusler, Middle East Collection
Specialist at the Aziz S. Atiya Middle East Library, without whose expertise, assistance,
and encouragement the fruition ofthis project would not have been feasible.
Significant contributions were made by the following scholars: Hanan Ahmad,
whose critical eye and patience were indispensable in finalizing the translations of the
papyri; Bernard G. Weiss, under whose guidance the theoretical and methodological
section was completed; Petra Sijpesteijn, who generously lent her expertise in Arabic
papyrology and whose critical, meticulous, and erudite comments have without doubt
ameliorated the quality of the thesis; Luise Poulton, Associate Curator of Rare Books at
the J. Willard Marriott Library, who provided unlimited access to the Papyri Collection
and enthusiastically supported every effort to study the documents; Leonard Chiarelli,
Middle East Librarian at the J. Willard Marriott Library, whose untiring commitment to
making any and every bibliographic resource available advanced the research
considerably; and Peter Sluglett, who masterfully oversaw the completion of the thesis.
lowe special gratitude to Professor Edward J. Davies II, who facilitated an
environment of intellectual freedom conducive to academic growth. Lastly, I would like
to thank the Editor. It goes without saying that I alone am responsible for what is
published here.
INTRODUCTION
Historiographical Problem: The Authenticity Debate
Contemporary Arabic manuscript research is at a critical impasse. The history of
the genesis and growth of Islam in the first half of the seventh century is written from
sources composed a tercentennial after the fact. The monumenta l histories of Abii Ja 'far
al-Tabari (c.838-923 C.E./c.223-310 A.H.) and al-Abu al-Hasan 'AH b . al-Husayn b . 'AH
al-Mas 'udi (c.896-956 C.E./c.282-344 A.H.) that chronicle the formative period of Islamic
history politically, as wel l as militarily, religiously, culturally, and linguistically, emerge
as full fledged cohesive narratives set within a firm theological framework. Although the
value of these historians is not to be underestimated, the documentary lacunae have given
rise to an historiographical debate that has bifurcated the discipline into two opposing
camps - descriptivists and revisionists. 1
The descriptivists, with limited reservations, accept the narrative structure of
Islamic history delineated by Arab historians. On the other hand, the revisionist school
maintains that the historical reconstruction of the first sesquicentennial of Islamic history
is not possible given the nature of the available source materials. Accordingly, the
revisionists jet t ison in large part the literary sources of the Arab historians on the grounds
1 The conventional nomenclature utilizes the terms traditionalists and skeptics. The terminology employed here is adopted from P.F. Strawson's Individuals: An Essay in Descriptive Metaphysics (London: Methuen & Co Ltd., 1959), 9-12. For Fred M. Donner's classification schema, cf. Irving M. Zeitlin, The Historical Muhammad (Cambridge: Polity Press, 2007), 6-8.
INTRODUCTION
Historiographical Problem: The Authenticity Debate
Contemporary Arabic manuscript research is at a critical impasse. The history of
the genesis and growth of Islam in the first half of the seventh century is written from
sources composed a tercentennial after the fact. The monumental histories of Abu Ja'far
al-rabarl (c.838-923 c.E./c.223-310 A.H.) and aI-Abu aI-Hasan 'AlI b. al-Husayn b. 'AlI
al-Mas'udI (c.896-956 c.E./c.282-344 A.H.) that chronicle the fonnative period ofIslamic
history politically, as well as militarily, religiously, culturally, and linguistically, emerge
as full fledged cohesive narratives set within a finn theological framework. Although the
value of these historians is not to be underestimated, the documentary lacunae have given
rise to an historiographical debate that has bifurcated the discipline into two opposing
camps - descriptivists and revisionists. 1
The descriptivists, with limited reservations, accept the narrative structure of
Islamic history delineated by Arab historians. On the other hand, the revisionist school
maintains that the historical reconstruction of the first sesquicentennial of Islamic history
is not possible given the nature of the available source materials. Accordingly, the
revisionists jettison in large part the literary sources of the Arab historians on the grounds
1 The conventional nomenclature utilizes the terms traditionalists and skeptics. The terminology employed here is adopted from P.F. Strawson's Individuals: An Essay in Descriptive Metaphysics (London: Methuen & Co Ltd., 1959),9-12. For Fred M. Donner's classification schema, cf. Irving M. Zeitlin, The Historical Muhammad (Cambridge: Polity Press, 2007), 6-8.
2
that these works constitute theology, not history. Although a methodological middle
ground has been sought by certain scholars, the critical tone set by Patricia Crone and
Michael Cook in their 1977 publication of Hagarism: The Making of the Islamic World
still prevails.
In response to the historiographical problems posed by the authenticity debate,
there emerged a number of scholars calling for a return to the manuscript tradition. The
most noteworthy proponent was Nabia Abbott and her monumental Studies in Arabic
Literary Papyri? The conclusions drawn by Abbott , namely that the manuscript tradition
corroborated the traditional narrative, further precipitated the ongoing debate. The crux
of the problem consequently shifted to the question of chronology and the dates ascribed
to the manuscripts by Abbott.
Palaeography is the predominant method for dating manuscripts at present. This
method was pioneered by Jacob Christian Lindberg and Johann Heinrich MoTler in the
early nineteenth century. Although the method has since undergone further development,
it is nonetheless laden with problems. For example, B . Moritz suggested the dates of 7 t h ,
8 , and 9 centuries respectively for three Qur ' an specimens from the Egyptian National
Library. 4 These assertions were rejected by J. v. Karabacek who asseverated that the
dates of 9 , 9 , and 8 centuries respectively were more probable. Moreover, M.
Minovi in his "Outline History of Arabic Wri t ing" claimed that the extant Qur ' an
manuscripts were "all either forgeries or suspect." 6 The problematics of palasographic
2 Patricia Crone and Michael Cook, Hagarism: The Making of the Islamic World (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977). 3 Nabia Abbott, Studies in Arabic Literary Papyri, 3 vols. (Chicago: University of Chicago, 1957). 4 Adolf Grohmann, "The Problem of Dating Early Qur'ans," Der Islam 33 (1958): 215. 5 Ibid. 6 Ibid., 217.
2
that these works constitute theology, not history. Although a methodological middle
ground has been sought by certain scholars, the critical tone set by Patricia Crone and
Michael Cook in their 1977 publication of Hagarism: The Making of the Islamic World
still prevails.2
In response to the historiographical problems posed by the authenticity debate,
there emerged a number of scholars calling for a return to the manuscript tradition. The
most noteworthy proponent was Nabia Abbott and her monumental Studies in Arabic
Literary Papyri.3 The conclusions drawn by Abbott, namely that the manuscript tradition
corroborated the traditional narrative, further precipitated the ongoing debate. The crux
of the problem consequently shifted to the question of chronology and the dates ascribed
to the manuscripts by Abbott.
Pal::eography is the predominant method for dating manuscripts at present. This
method was pioneered by Jacob Christian Lindberg and Johann Heinrich Moller in the
early nineteenth century. Although the method has since undergone further development,
it is nonetheless laden with problems. For example, B. Moritz suggested the dates of 7th,
8th, and 9th centuries respectively for three Qur'an specimens from the Egyptian National
Library. 4 These assertions were rejected by J. v. Karabacek who asseverated that the
dates of 9th, 9th, and 8th centuries respectively were more probable. 5 Moreover, M.
Minovi in his "Outline History of Arabic Writing" claimed that the extant Qur'an
manuscripts were "all either forgeries or suspect." 6 The problematics of pal::eographic
2 Patricia Crone and Michael Cook, Hagarism: The Making of the Islamic World (Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977). 3 Nabia Abbott, Studies in Arabic Literary Papyri, 3 vols. (Chicago: University of Chicago, 1957). 4 Adolf Grohmann, "The Problem of Dating Early Qur'ans," Der Islam 33 (1958): 215. 5lbid. 6lbid., 217.
3
dating were recognized b y Gotthelf Bergstrasser, who in his erudite 1919 publication on
Qur 'anic palaeography proffered only relative dates, e.g., oldest, most archaic, etc. As
illustrated, palaeography is an inexact method, to say the l eas t . 7
The consequences of the inadequacy of dating on palaeographic grounds have
resounded throughout the field of Arabic manuscript research and have compounded and
intensified existing problems therein. In the study of Islamic legal history, the lack of a
stable chronology has resulted in contradictory assertions as to the development of law.
According to Ignaz Goldziher, the origin of hadith is traditionally attributed to the Caliph
'Umar II and M u h a m m a d b . al-Hasan al-Shaybanl (d. c.804 C.E./189 A . H . ) . 8 The
traditional account was not accepted b y Goldziher, rather Goldziher argued that "[l]egal
literature proper, which represents the result of comprehensive thinking, is
chronologically prior to the literature of the hadi th ." 9 Goldziher maintained that hadith
type literature was collected for practical legal purposes and organized into legal chapters
prior to the emergence of the science of hadith.10 The height of this legal hadith genre is
represented b y the extant Muwatia' of Malik b . Anas (c.715-796 C.E./96-179 A .H . ) . 1 1
Therefore, Goldizher, and later Joseph Schacht, maintained that Islamic law (fiqh)
developed prior to one of the traditionally held foundational sources of law, that is,
prophetic logia {hadith). This problem of Islamic legal history in conjunction with
similar inquires into the origins of the Qur 'an, Islamic rituals, and Islamic institutions
have coalesced into what is known as the authenticity debate.
7 Ibid., 215-216. 8 Ignaz Goldziher, Muslim Studies, vol. 2, ed. S.M. Stern, trans. C.R. Barber and S.M. Stern (Chicago: Aldine Publishing Company, 1968), 195-196. 9 Ibid., 193. 1 0 Ibid., 197. 1 1 Ibid.
3
dating were recognized by Gotthelf Bergstrasser, who in his erudite 1919 pUblication on
Qur'anic palreography proffered only relative dates, e.g., oldest, most archaic, etc. As
illustrated, palreography is an inexact method, to say the least. 7
The consequences of the inadequacy of dating on palreographic grounds have
resounded throughout the field of Arabic manuscript research and have compounded and
intensified existing problems therein. In the study of Islamic legal history, the lack of a
stable chronology has resulted in contradictory assertions as to the development of law.
According to Ignaz Goldziher, the origin of liad7:th is traditionally attributed to the Caliph
'Umar II and Muhammad b. aI-Hasan al-ShaybanI (d. c.804 c.E'/189 A.H.).8 The
traditional account was not accepted by Goldziher, rather Goldziher argued that "[l]egal
literature proper, which represents the result of comprehensive thinking, is
chronologically prior to the literature of the hadlth.,,9 Goldziher maintained that liadfth
type literature was collected for practical legal purposes and organized into legal chapters
prior to the emergence of the science of liadfth. 10 The height of this legalliadfth genre is
represented by the extant Muwatta' of Malik b. Anas (c.715-796 c.E./96-179 A.H.).l1
Therefore, Goldizher, and later Joseph Schacht, maintained that Islamic law (jiqh)
developed prior to one of the traditionally held foundational sources of law, that is,
prophetic logia (liad'lth). This problem of Islamic legal history in conjunction with
similar inquires into the origins of the Qur'an, Islamic rituals, and Islamic institutions
have coalesced into what is known as the authenticity debate.
7 Ibid., 215-216. 8 Ignaz Goldziher, Muslim Studies, vol. 2, ed. S.M. Stem, trans. C.R. Barber and S.M. Stem (Chicago: Aidine Publishing Company, 1968), 195-196. 9 Ibid., 193. 10 Ibid., 197. 11 Ibid.
4
Methodological Problem: Hadith Criticism
Albrecht Noth has argued that hadith criticism to date has been conducted on one
of two diametrically opposed fronts, that of the 'ilm al-hadith as differentiated from the
1 ?
Orientalist tradition. The former school of thought is represented by the Hanbah
scholar Abu 1-Faraj b . al-JawzT (c.l 126-1200 C.E./C.519-596 A.H.) who authored the Kitab
al-Mawdu'at that categorized hadith forgers and was profoundly influential on
succeeding generations of scholars. The latter Orientalist mode of hadith criticism was
promulgated b y Goldziher whose second volume of Muhammedanische Studien has
definitively shaped the academic view on hadith since its publication in 1888 C.E.
A s Noth maintains, the reason for the disparity between the two schools of
thought resides in the fact that " . . . t he burden of proof in the case of hadith forgery is
distributed differently." 1 3 The traditional school of hadith criticism of the 'ilm al-hadith
is based on the assumption that there indeed exist forged hadiths although few in number
compared to the authentic extant hadiths. The discrimen veri ac falsi advanced by Noth,
as utilized by the 'ilm al-hadith, assumes that the burden of proof lies not in proving the
veracity of the hadith;14 rather, the obligation of proof is shifted to the demonstration of
the inauthentic nature of a given hadith through the analysis of isnads, i.e., the chain of
transmitters. The Orientalist school, on the other hand, operates on the assumption that
the hadith corpus is rife with forgery. Thus, the burden of proof lies in demonstrating the
Albrecht Noth, "Common Features of Muslim and Western Hadith Criticism: Ibn al-JawzT's Categories of Hadith Forgers," in Hadith, ed. Harald Motzki (Burlington: Ashgate/Variorum, 2004), 309-316. The term "Orientalist" represents Noth's word choice, and has been maintained as such. 1 3 Ibid., 310.
4
Methodological Problem: Hadfth Criticism
Albrecht Noth has argued that liadfth criticism to date has been conducted on one
of two diametrically opposed fronts, that of the 'ilm al-liadfth as differentiated from the
Orientalist tradition. 12 The former school of thought is represented by the EanbalI
scholar Abu I-Faraj b. al-JawzI (c.1126-1200 c.E./c.SI9-S96 A.H.) who authored the Kitab
al-Mawdu 'at that categorized liadfth forgers and was profoundly influential on
succeeding generations of scholars. The latter Orientalist mode of liadfth criticism was
promulgated by Goldziher whose second volume of Muhammedanische Studien has
definitively shaped the academic view on liadfth since its publication in 1888 C.E.
As Noth maintains, the reason for the disparity between the two schools of
thought resides in the fact that " ... the burden of proof in the case of liadfth forgery is
distributed differently.,,13 The traditional school of liadfth criticism of the 'ilm al-liadfth
is based on the assumption that there indeed exist forged liadfths although few in number
compared to the authentic extant liadfths. The discrimen veri ac falsi advanced by Noth,
as utilized by the 'ilm al-liadfth, assumes that the burden of proof lies not in proving the
veracity of the liadfth; 14 rather, the obligation of proof is shifted to the demonstration of
the inauthentic nature of a given liadfth through the analysis of isnads, i.e., the chain of
transmitters. The Orientalist school, on the other hand, operates on the assumption that
the liadfth corpus is rife with forgery. Thus, the burden of proof lies in demonstrating the
12 Albrecht Noth, "Common Features of Muslim and Western Hadfth Criticism: Ibn al-JawzI's Categories of Hadzth Forgers," in Hadfth, ed. Harald Motzki (Burlington: AshgateNariorum, 2004), 309-316. The tenn "Orientalist" represents Noth's word choice, and has been maintained as such. 13 Ibid., 310. 14 Ibid.
5
authenticity of a given hadith, based primarily on the analysis of the matn, i.e., the
narrative content of the hadith itself.
Irrespective of how the nature of hadith is perceived, as either inherently
fabricated or authentic, Noth observes that the major raison d'etre of both schools of
hadith criticism is hadith forgery i tself . 1 5 The formal criteria for the detection of
fabrication are essentially identical. Although the two modes of hadith criticism are
antipodal as to their assumptions, and to a certain degree in their point of departure, i.e.,
emphasis on either isndd or matn, they are both, nonetheless, foundationally epistemic
approaches to hadith cr i t ic ism. 1 6
The epistemic-based approach, in the form of historical authentication, is
primarily concerned with the truth-value of hadith as prophetic documents. 1 7
Authenticity is in fact concerned with three separate issues: (i) veracity, (ii) origin, and
(iii) evidence. The epistemic approach largely addresses veracity and origin to the extent
that it reflects the Herderian premise that "in the origin of a phenomenon there lies all the
1 5 Ibid., 309. 1 6 Epistemic criticism and the origins thereof are not a modern, Orientalist phenomenon. This mode of hadith criticism emerged with the classical debate between the Ahl al-Ra 'y and the Ahl al-Hadith, also known as the Ashdb al-Hadith. "The ahl al-ra'y and the ahl al-kalam found themselves extremely vulnerable to the attacks of the adherents of hadith. They could not reject the authority of the hadith of the Prophet outright, if for no other reason than that these reports had long held a place in their own doctrines. The problem for them was to keep their own hadith while rejecting those that contradicted their doctrines. The stance they did adopt was one of skepticism in the authentication of hadith. In other words, they represented themselves as not rejecting the words of the Prophet, but rather doubting whether most hadith in fact accurately represented his words. On the one hand, they refused to accept any hadith that was not mutawdtir, that is transmitted in each era after the Prophet by a number of transmitters so large as to exclude the possibility of a conspiracy. On the other hand, the Kiifans also rejected those hadith which did not meet various internal criteria they stipulated. Throughout the third/ninth and fourth/tenth centuries, we find the Kufans fighting a rearguard action against the thesis of the adherents of hadith while simultaneously trying to accommodate it into their own teachings" (Eerik Dickinson, The Development of Early Sunnite Hadith Criticism: The Taqdima oflbn Abi Hdtim al-RazT (240/854-327/938) (Leiden: Brill, 2001), 4-5). 1 7 Ibid., vii.
5
authenticity of a given liadfth, based primarily on the analysis of the matn, 1.e., the
narrative content of the liad'ith itself.
Irrespective of how the nature of liadith is perceived, as either inherently
fabricated or authentic, Noth observes that the major raison d' etre of both schools of
liadith criticism is liadith forgery itself. 15 The formal criteria for the detection of
fabrication are essentially identical. Although the two modes of liadith criticism are
antipodal as to their assumptions, and to a certain degree in their point of departure, i.e.,
emphasis on either isnad or matn, they are both, nonetheless, foundationally epistemic
approaches to liad'ith criticism.16
The epistemic-based approach, III the form of historical authentication, is
primarily concerned with the truth-value of liadith as prophetic documents. 17
Authenticity is in fact concerned with three separate issues: (i) veracity, (ii) origin, and
(iii) evidence. The epistemic approach largely addresses veracity and origin to the extent
that it reflects the Herderian premise that "in the origin of a phenomenon there lies all the
15 Ibid., 309. 16 Epistemic criticism and the origins thereof are not a modem, Orientalist phenomenon. This mode of liad'ith criticism emerged with the classical debate between the Ahl al-Ra 'y and the Ahl al-Had'ith, also !mown as the A~liiib al-Had'ith. "The ahl al-ra 'y and the ahl aI-kaIam found themselves extremely vulnerable to the attacks of the adherents of liad'ith. They could not reject the authority of the liad'ith of the Prophet outright, if for no other reason than that these reports had long held a place in their own doctrines. The problem for them was to keep their own liad'ith while rejecting those that contradicted their doctrines. The stance they did adopt was one of skepticism in the authentication of liad'ith. In other words, they represented themselves as not rejecting the words of the Prophet, but rather doubting whether most liad'ith in fact accurately represented his words. On the one hand, they refused to accept any liad'ith that was not mutawatir, that is transmitted in each era after the Prophet by a number of transmitters so large as to exclude the possibility of a conspiracy. On the other hand, the KUfans also rejected those nad'ith which did not meet various internal criteria they stipulated. Throughout the third/ninth and fourth/tenth centuries, we find the KUfans fighting a rearguard action against the thesis of the adherents of nad'ith while simultaneously trying to accommodate it into their own teachings" (Eerik Dickinson, The Development of Early Sunnite liad'ith Criticism: The Taqdima of Ibn Ab'iHatim al-Raz'i (240/854-327/938) (Leiden: Brill, 2001),4-5). 17 Ibid., vii.
6
treasure of its interpretation." In terms of evidence, in the case of the 'ilm al-hadith and
isndd criticism, the emphasis is on testimonial and biographical evidence and to a limited
extent documentary evidence, in so far as they investigate the chain of transmission
(isndd) of a given hadith}9 The Orientalist circle is akin to that of the 'ilm al-hadith with
respect to veracity and origin. As for evidence, although the Orientalist school analyzes
what is ostensibly documentary evidence in the form of matn, it nonetheless, as a form of
epistemic criticism, treats hadith in isolate, that is, codified form. In other words, it is
hadith solely as artifact that drives Orientalist research.
Furthermore, since the Orientalist school commences with the artifact and
proceeds to determine the milieu in which it was composed, and vice versa, that is, it
starts from the milieu in order to ascertain how the milieu affected the text, it is largely an
extra-documentary approach. This gives rise to a central problem in the Orientalist mode
of criticism. Eerik Dickinson notes that "[s]ince the t ime of Goldziher, scholars have
examined different source material and drawn different conclusions about the authenticity
of hadith as Prophetic documents . " 2 0 Moreover, Gautier H.A. Juynboll proposes that the
most efficacious tool of the Orientalist critic in the quest for the authentic is "a keen sense
for what seems true and what fa l se ." 2 1 Therefore, Orientalist criticism devolves into
historical intuition, not historical method - a criticism that echoes the sentiments of
Frederick C. Beiser, The Fate of Reason: German Philosophy from Kant to Fichte (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1987), 142. This tenet was predominant in the work of Ignaz Goldziher, the father of modern day Orientalist hadith criticism. Goldziher's concern with origins duly reflects the influence of the eighteenth century German philosopher Johann Gottfried von Herder and his genetic-historical method in the field of classical philology to which Goldziher was exposed (cf. Karim Samji, "The History of the Philological Method of Ignaz Goldziher" (Unpublished Graduate Seminar Research Paper, University of Utah, 2007)). 1 9 The classification of evidence into three groups, i.e., (i) testimonial, (ii) biographical, and (iii) documentary, follows the schema advanced by Eerik Dickinson in The Development of Early Sunnite Hadith Criticism (Op cit.). 2 0 Ibid., vii. Emphasis added. 2 1 Ibid., ix.
6
treasure of its interpretation.,,18 In tenus of evidence, in the case ofthe 'Urn al-liadfth and
isniid criticism, the emphasis is on testimonial and biographical evidence and to a limited
extent documentary evidence, in so far as they investigate the chain of transmission
(isniid) of a given liadfth. 19 The Orientalist circle is akin to that of the 'Urn al-liadfth with
respect to veracity and origin. As for evidence, although the Orientalist school analyzes
what is ostensibly documentary evidence in the form of matn, it nonetheless, as a form of
epistemic criticism, treats liadfth in isolate, that is, codified form. In other words, it is
liadfth solely as artifact that drives Orientalist research.
Furthenuore, since the Orientalist school commences with the artifact and
proceeds to determine the milieu in which it was composed, and vice versa, that is, it
starts from the milieu in order to ascertain how the milieu affected the text, it is largely an
extra-documentary approach. This gives rise to a central problem in the Orientalist mode
of criticism. Eerik Dickinson notes that "[s]ince the time of Goldziher, scholars have
examined different source material and drawn different conclusions about the authenticity
of nadfth as Prophetic documents.,,2o Moreover, Gautier H.A. Juynboll proposes that the
most efficacious tool of the Orientalist critic in the quest for the authentic is "a keen sense
for what seems true and what false.,,21 Therefore, Orientalist criticism devolves into
historical intuition, not historical method - a criticism that echoes the sentiments of
18 Frederick C. Beiser, The Fate of Reason: German Philosophy from Kant to Fichte (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1987), 142. This tenet was predominant in the work of Ignaz Goldziher, the father of modern day Orientalist nadfth criticism. Goldziher's concern with origins duly reflects the influence of the eighteenth century German philosopher Johann Gottfried von Herder and his genetic-historical method in the field of classical philology to which Goldziher was exposed (cf. Karim Samji, 'The History of the Philological Method of Ignaz Goldziher" (Unpublished Graduate Seminar Research Paper, University of Utah, 2007)). 19 The classification of evidence into three groups, i.e., (i) testimonial, (ii) biographical, and (iii) documentary, follows the schema advanced by Eerik Dickinson in The Development of Early Sunnite ffadfth Criticism (Op cit.). 20 Ibid., vii. Emphasis added. 21 Ibid., ix.
7
Joseph Schacht and Carl Heinrich Becker. Schacht stated that " [h is tor ica l intuition, as it
22 • . . .
was sometimes called, began to take the place of sound criticism." This is the criticism
that is leveled b y Becker on Henri Lammens ' Fatima, where he characterizes Lammens '
methods as "der historische Instinkt" and "das historische Geft ihl ." 2 3
Alternate Conceptual Schema: The Codicological Method
The codicological approach, in the broadest sense of the term, constitutes an
alternate conceptual schema to epistemic criticism. The codicological approach is a
strictly documentary-based approach that is not concerned with the truth-value of the
hadith, nor is it restricted to questions of origins. Rather, utilizing a diachronic
framework, it seeks to analyze the hadith solely as historical texts, i.e., hadith as artifact
and process in t ime perspective. It is concerned with change in texts and the means of
change over t ime.
In contradistinction to the epistemic approach, the codicological approach does
not seek a method to distinguish and separate authentic from inauthentic hadith^ nor to
recover an original subs t ra tum. 2 5 It considers hadith in situ, that is, in the immediate
context in which it is found. Thereafter, through the comparative method, it juxtaposes
different layers of strata and from internal evidence attempts to reconstruct the means by
Joseph Schacht, "A Reevaluation of Islamic Traditions," Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society (1949): 143.
2 3 Ibid., m. 3. 2 4 Juynboll is skeptical whether any method can be devised to facilitate the retrieval or discrimination of authentic from inauthentic hadith. He states: '"Surely it is unlikely that we will ever fmd even a moderately successful method of proving with incontrovertible certainty the historicity of the ascription of such to the prophet but in a few isolated instances'" (Dickinson, ix). Joseph Schacht goes so far as to even doubt the existence of any such authentic core (Ibid.). 2 5 One notable attempt to recover an original substratum is Harald Motzki, "The Musannaf of 'Abd al-Razzaq al-§an'anl as a Source of Authentic ahadith of the First Century A.H.," Journal of Near Eastern Studies 50 (1991): 1-21.
7
Joseph Schacht and Carl Heinrich Becker. Schacht stated that "[h]istorical intuition, as it
was sometimes called, began to take the place of sound criticism.,,22 This is the criticism
that is leveled by Becker on Henri Lammens' Fatima, where he characterizes Lammens'
methods as "der historische Instinkt" and "das historische Gefiihl.,,23
Alternate Conceptual Schema: The Codicological Method
The codicological approach, in the broadest sense of the term, constitutes an
alternate conceptual schema to epistemic criticism. The codicological approach is a
strictly documentary-based approach that is not concerned with the truth-value of the
nadfth, nor is it restricted to questions of origins. Rather, utilizing a diachronic
framework, it seeks to analyze the nadlth solely as historical texts, i.e., nadlth as artifact
and process in time perspective. It is concerned with change in texts and the means of
change over time.
In contradistinction to the epistemic approach, the codicological approach does
not seek a method to distinguish and separate authentic from inauthentic nadlth,24 nor to
recover an original substratum. 25 It considers nadlth in situ, that is, in the immediate
context in which it is found. Thereafter, through the comparative method, it juxtaposes
different layers of strata and from internal evidence attempts to reconstruct the means by
22 Joseph Schacht, "A Reevaluation of Islamic Traditions," Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society (1949): 143. 23 Ibid., fn. 3. 24 Juynboll is skeptical whether any method can be devised to facilitate the retrieval or discrimination of authentic from inauthentic hadzth. He states: '''Surely it is unlikely that we will ever fmd even a moderately successful method of proving with incontrovertible certainty the historicity of the ascription of such to the prophet but in a few isolated instances'" (Dickinson, ix). Joseph Schacht goes so far as to even doubt the existence of any such authentic core (Ibid.). 25 One notable attempt to recover an original substratum is Harald Motzki, "The MU$annaf of 'Abd alRazzaq al-San'anI as a Source of Authentic ahiidith of the First Century A.H.," Journal of Near Eastern Studies 50 (1991): 1-21.
8
which an earlier stratum of hadith develops so as to take a particular shape and
configuration in a later stratum. As opposed to the epistemic approach, the codicological
approach commences and concludes with the artifact, revealing the process therein.
Codicological Study of Ms Or.P443: Hadith and History
In order to demonstrate the efficacy of the codicological approach, the following
case study will examine the relationship between early hadith criticism and early Islamic
historiography. The case study will analyze one of the papyri in the present group,
namely, Ms Or.P443, so as to compare the critical procedures (e.g., redaction techniques)
employed in hadith criticism and historiography vis-a-vis documentary evidence.
It has been remarked that "...discussions of the Quran cannot be easily separated
from questions about the authenticity of hadiths and sira." To the extent that sira is
representative of the tar'ikh genre, this assertion is equally valid in the case of hadith and
history - they too are inextricably intertwined. The absence of biographical literature
(tabaqat) on historians is a significant clue in determining the relationship of hadith and
history in the incubation phase of early Islamic scholarship. Ella Landau-Tasseron
observes:
What is puzzling is the fact that historiographic source-criticism did not develop as an independent discipline alongside HadTth-cnticism...For all their interest in source-criticism the Muslim scholars focused on hadith, and as far as they dealt with historians they treated them as muhaddithun in disguise, and did not try to evaluate them for what they
27 were.
Herbert Berg, review of The Origins of the Koran: Classic Essays on Islam's Holy Book edited by Ibn Warraq, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 62:3 (1999): 558. 2 7 Ella Landau-Tasseron, "Sayf Ibn 'Umar in Medieval and Modern Scholarship," Der Islam 67 (1990): 11.
8
which an earlier stratum of liadzth develops so as to take a particular shape and
configuration in a later stratum. As opposed to the epistemic approach, the codicological
approach commences and concludes with the artifact, revealing the process therein.
Codicological Study ofMs Or.P443: Hadzth and History
In order to demonstrate the efficacy of the codicological approach, the following
case study will examine the relationship between early liadlth criticism and early Islamic
historiography. The case study will analyze one of the papyri in the present group,
namely, Ms Or.P443, so as to compare the critical procedures (e.g., redaction techniques)
employed in liadlth criticism and historiography vis-a.-vis documentary evidence.
It has been remarked that" ... discussions of the Quran cannot be easily separated
from questions about the authenticity of liadzths and szra.,,26 To the extent that szra is
representative of the tar'lkh genre, this assertion is equally valid in the case of liadlth and
history - they too are inextricably intertwined. The absence of biographical literature
(tabaqat) on historians is a significant clue in determining the relationship of liadzth and
history in the incubation phase of early Islamic scholarship. Ella Landau-Tasseron
observes:
What is puzzling is the fact that historiographic source-criticism did not develop as an independent discipline alongside Hadzth-criticism .. . For all their interest in source-criticism the Muslim scholars focused on nadzth, and as far as they dealt with historians they treated them as munaddithun in disguise, and did not try to evaluate them for what they were. 27
26 Herbert Berg, review of The Origins of the Koran: Classic Essays on Islam's Holy Book edited by Ibn Warraq, Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 62:3 (1999): 558. 27 Ella Landau-Tasseron, "SayfIbn 'Vmar in Medieval and Modern Scholarship," Der Islam 67 (1990): 11.
9
Landau-Tasseron further remarks that although the tabaqat genre was employed as a
form of source criticism, it never developed for historiographers. Tabaqat works on
varying classes of persons were composed, ranging from hadith transmitters to chess
players and poets - but never for historians.2 9 Landau-Tasseron states that "[t]his is odd
in view of the highly developed historical consciousness of the Muslim community, the
relevance of history to its theological and political life, and the extensive
historiographical work which it produced."
Regardless of whether hadith and history constituted one amorphous discourse
with no clear cut disciplinary boundaries, historians, in effect, were treated as
muhaddithun. Therefore, it is reasonable to advance the tentative hypothesis that the
methods of historical criticism are in fact the methods of hadith criticism. As a corollary
to this assertion, it follows that the problems inherited by historical criticism are also
those endemic to the field of hadith criticism proper.
In 1991, a critical manuscript of the Kitab al-Ridda by Sayf b. 'Umar al-Tamlml
was discovered by Qasim al-Samarra'T in the Library of Imam Muhammad Ibn Sa'ud
Islamic University in Riyadh.3 1 The significance of this groundbreaking find rests in the
fact that al-TammiFs work served as Abu Ja'far al-Tabari's primary source for the
accounts of the Ridda wars waged in Arabia from roughly 632-634 C.E. As the Ta 'rikh
al-Rusul wa- 'l-muluk of al-TabarT represents the maturity of the historical tradition, an
Ibid. Ibid.
31
3 0 Ibid. cf. Sayf b. 'Umar al-Tamlmi, Kitab al-Riddah wa-al-futiih: wa-Kitdb al-Jamal wa-masir 'A 'ishah wa-
'Ali /ta'lifSayfb. 'Umar al-TamimTal-Dabbi al-AsidT; tahqiq wa-taqdim Qasim al-Samarrd'i, 2 vols., ed. Qasim al-Samarra'T (Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental Antiquarium, 1995).
9
Landau-Tasseron further remarks that although the tabaqiit genre was employed as a
form of source criticism, it never developed for historiographers.28 rabaqiit works on
varying classes of persons were composed, ranging from liadfth transmitters to chess
players and poets - but never for historians.29 Landau-Tasseron states that "[t]his is odd
in view of the highly developed historical consciousness of the Muslim community, the
relevance of history to its theological and political life, and the extensive
historiographical work which it produced.,,30
Regardless of whether liadfth and history constituted one amorphous discourse
with no clear cut disciplinary boundaries, historians, in effect, were treated as
muliaddithiin. Therefore, it is reasonable to advance the tentative hypothesis that the
methods of historical criticism are in fact the methods of liadfth criticism. As a corollary
to this assertion, it follows that the problems inherited by historical criticism are also
those endemic to the field of liadfth criticism proper.
In 1991, a critical manuscript of the Kitiib al-Ridda by Sayfb. 'Umar al-TamlmI
was discovered by Qasim al-Samardi'I in the Library of Imam Muhammad Ibn Sa'ud
Islamic University in Riyadh. 31 The significance of this groundbreaking find rests in the
fact that al-T amlmI' s work served as Abu J a' far al-l' abari' s primary source for the
accounts of the Ridda wars waged in Arabia from roughly 632-634 C.E. As the Tii'rfkh
al-Rusul wa- 'l-muZiik of al-'fabar! represents the maturity of the historical tradition, an
28 Ibid. 29 Ibid. 30 Ibid. 31 cf. Sayfb. 'Umar al-TamImI, Kitiib al-Riddah wa-al-futuli: wa-Kitiib ai-Jamal wa-maszr 'A'ishah wa'All / ta 'Iif Say! b. 'Umar al-Tamzmz al-Dabbl al-Aszdz; tanqzq wa-taqdzm Qiisim al-SiimarriiT, 2 vols., ed. Qasim al-Samarra'i (Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental Antiquarium. 1995).
10
analysis of al-Tabari's use of Sayf b. 'Umar al-Tamlml's extant Kitab al-Ridda may yield
insight into the muhaddithun techniques of handling hadith reports.
From a comparison of the narratives related in the Kitab al-Ridda and the Ta 'rikh
of al-Tabari, nine operating principles of redaction employed by al-Tabari have been
identified. A given account would be transmitted in the following ways: (i) verbatim, (ii)
partly paraphrased, (iii) partly "processed," (iv) with the omission of isnads, (v) as a
partial report of a narrative followed by its reproduction in toto, (vi) with the omission of
reports that shed no new light on the subject matter, (vii) with the interpolation of new
information derived from other sources without citation, (viii) as narratives rearranged for
a coherent sequence in order to fit the annals schema adopted by means of a "cut and
paste" khabar method , or (ix) with altered settings and wording of some narratives.
The hitherto unknown or purely hypothesized principles of al-Tabari's redaction
methods provide a powerful means with which to analyze the Hadith corpus. It is
important to note that the aim of al-Tabari's methods is postulated to reflect the primary
objective of establishing historical writing on the same systematic principles as hadith
scholarship. Therefore, in light of the derived procedures of redaction gained from the
analysis of al-Tabari's nine operating principles, it is now possible to determine the
validity of the theoretical claim that the methods of historical criticism are those of hadith
criticism.
In order to determine whether any parallels in method exist, hadith preserved in
the canonical collections of Bukhari, Ibn Majah, and Muslim will be compared with an
extant hadith papyrus fragment (Ms O.P443), thus providing an evidentiary basis and
3 2 Ibid., vol. 1,14-18. 3 3 Fred M. Dormer, "Translator's Forward," in The Conquest of Arabia (al-Tabari, Td'rTkh al-rusul wa-al-muluk), trans, and annotated by Fred M. Dormer (Albany: State University of New York Press, 1993), xvii.
10
analysis of al-rabarI's use ofSayfb. 'Vmar al-TamlmI's extant Kitiib al-Ridda may yield
insight into the munaddithiin techniques of handling nad"ith reports.
From a comparison of the narratives related in the Kitiib al-Ridda and the Ta'r"ikh
of al-IabarI, nine operating principles of redaction employed by al-rabarI have been
identified. A given account would be transmitted in the following ways: (i) verbatim, (ii)
partly paraphrased, (iii) partly "processed," (iv) with the omission of isniids, (v) as a
partial report of a narrative followed by its reproduction in toto, (vi) with the omission of
reports that shed no new light on the subject matter, (vii) with the interpolation of new
information derived from other sources without citation, (viii) as narratives rearranged for
a coherent sequence in order to fit the annals schema adopted by means of a "cut and
paste" khabar method, or (ix) with altered settings and wording of some narratives. 32
The hitherto unknown or purely hypothesized principles of al-rabarI's redaction
methods provide a powerful means with which to analyze the Eadfth corpus. It is
important to note that the aim of al-rabarI's methods is postulated to reflect the primary
objective of establishing historical writing on the same systematic principles as nad"ith
scholarship.33 Therefore, in light of the derived procedures of redaction gained from the
analysis of al-rabarI's nine operating principles, it is now possible to determine the
validity of the theoretical claim that the methods of historical criticism are those of nadfth
criticism.
In order to determine whether any parallels in method exist, nadfth preserved in
the canonical collections of BukharI, Ibn Majah, and Muslim will be compared with an
extant nad"ith papyrus fragment (Ms Or.P443), thus providing an evidentiary basis and
32lbid., vol. 1, 14-18. 33 Fred M. Donner, "Translator's Forward," in The Conquest of Arabia (al-'faban, Tii'rzkh al-rusul wa-almuZUk), trans. and annotated by Fred M. Donner (Albany: State University of New York Press, 1993), xvii.
11
verification for the initial hypothesis. Ms Or.P443 is of particular significance as the
isndds preserve the name of Ytisuf b. 'Adi, one of Bukhari's sources (cf. Comments
Section for Ms Or.P443). The edited text, translation, and figures of Ms Or.P443 are
reproduced in the second part of the thesis, following the proposed analysis.
Ms Or.P443 Recto is tentatively dated to the third/ninth century and is void of
diacritical marks. Whereas the Verso is largely undecipherable, the isndds and matns of
the two hadiths preserved in toto on the Recto have been reconstructed by means of
palaeography. The texts of the two matns reflect early Islamic prophetic logia that closely
parallel one another. The matn of the first hadith (Line 10) reads:
(Jj i t (>» Al^st <JjaJ3) V
"There is no (acceptance of charity from ill-gotten gains)."
The matn on Line 16 of the second hadith is a reduplication of the first hadith. Line 17
provides an extension of the first hadith as indicated grammatically by the coordinating
conjunction waw. Lines 16 and 17 read:
( JJS-^J^ 0 * 6 ^ > ) V j
"There is no (acceptance of charity from) ill-gotten gains and no (prayer without ritual cleansing)."
The significance of these two hadiths rests in the fact that they are preserved in later
canonical hadith collections. The §ahih al-BukharT of Muhammad b. Isma'Tl Bukhari
(810-870 C.E./194-256 A.H.) relegates the first matn of both hadiths to a chapter heading
followed by a Qur'anic Verse (2:263). The fully vocalized chapter heading appended
11
verification for the initial hypothesis. Ms Or.P443 is of particular significance as the
isniids preserve the name of Yusuf b. 'AdI, one of BukharI's sources (cf. Comments
Section for Ms Or.P443). The edited text, translation, and figures of Ms Or.P443 are
reproduced in the second part of the thesis, following the proposed analysis.
Ms Or.P443 Recto is tentatively dated to the third/ninth century and is void of
diacritical marks. Whereas the Verso is largely undecipherable, the isniids and matns of
the two liadfths preserved in toto on the Recto have been reconstructed by means of
pal~ography. The texts of the two matns reflect early Islamic prophetic logia that closely
parallel one another. The matn ofthe first liadfth (Line 10) reads:
"There is no (acceptance of charity from ill-gotten gains)."
The matn on Line 16 of the second liadfth is a reduplication of the first liadfth. Line 17
provides an extension of the first liadfth as indicated grammatically by the coordinating
conjunction wiiw. Lines 16 and 17 read:
J)c 0-(-") (~)~ J.(~)'i (.J~..>#- LJA -;;)L...:.) 'i.J
"There is no (acceptance of charity from) ill-gotten gains and no (prayer without ritual cleansing)."
The significance of these two liadfths rests in the fact that they are preserved in later
canonical liadlth collections. The $a1il1i al-Bukhiirf of Muhammad b. Isma'TI Bukhari
(810-870 c.E.l194-256 A.H.) relegates the first matn of both liadfths to a chapter heading
followed by a Qur'anic Verse (2:263). The fully vocalized chapter heading appended
12
with additional material, constituting a subsection of the Book of Tithing {Kitab al-
Zakdt), is accordingly entitled:
The second mata of the second hadith is likewise transformed into a chapter heading,
comprising a subsection of the Book of the Minor Ablution (Kitab al-Wudii'), but in this
case is followed by another corroborating hadith. It reads:
A comparison of Ms Or.P443R and the §ahTh al-Bukhari demonstrates the following
operations of al-Tabari's methods in effect. The hadith is redacted (i) verbatim, (iv) with
the omission of isndds, (vii) with the interpolation of new information derived from other
sources without citation (in this case, an appendage), (viii) rearranged for a coherent
sequence in order to fit the compilation schema adopted by means of a "cut and paste"
khabar method (in this case, chapter headings), and (ix) with altered wording of some
reports (e.g., the change of prepositions from jp- c> to
The §ahih Sunan of Ibn Majah (824-887 C.E./210-273 A.H.) preserves Lines 16
and 17 of Ms Or.P443R largely in toto.36 The differences being that Lines 16 and 17 are
reversed in order; Line 17 is also employed as a chapter heading; and the preposition of
Line 16 is reduced from J J ^ i > to o*. A comparison of Ms Or.P443R and the §ahih
Sunan Ibn Majah illustrates the following redaction strategies of historiography in effect.
3 4 Muhammad b. Isma'il Bukhari, Sahih al-Bukhan, vol. 1 (Beirut: Dar al-Kotob al-Ilmiyah, 1999), 345. Cf. Muhammad b. Isma'il Bukhari, The Translation of the Meanings of Sahih al-Bukhari: Arabic-English, vol. 2, trans. Muhammad Muhsin Khan (Lahore: Kazi Publications, 1983), 280. 3 5 Bukhari, Sahih, vol. 1, 44. Cf. Bukhari, The Translation, vol. 1, 101. 3 6 Ibn Majah, Sahih Sunan Ibn Majah, vol. 1 (Beirut: Al-Maktab al-Islaml, 1986), 50.
12
with additional material, constituting a subsection of the Book of Tithing (Kitiib al-
Zakiit), is accordingly entitled:
34~ ~ '. \j\ I.r . \ H. '. ~~ ill! ~ II ~u •• _ ,. LJ,4, J ,\-J~ LJ,4 • _ ••
The second matn of the second liadzth is likewise transformed into a chapter heading,
comprising a subsection of the Book of the Minor Ablution (Kitiib al-Wuilii j, but in this
case is followed by another corroborating liadzth. It reads:
35'.~~ < ~ II ~u J~~ . ..
A comparison of Ms Or.P443R and the $alilli al-Bukhiirz demonstrates the following
operations of al-l'abarI's methods in effect. The liadzth is redacted (i) verbatim, (iv) with
the omission of isniids , (vii) with the interpolation of new information derived from other
sources without citation (in this case, an appendage), (viii) rearranged for a coherent
sequence in order to fit the compilation schema adopted by means of a "cut and paste"
khabar method (in this case, chapter headings), and (ix) with altered wording of some
reports (e.g., the change of prepositions from .YF (.)A to ~).
The $alilli Sunan of Ibn Majah (824-887 c.E.l210-273 A.H.) preserves Lines 16
and 17 of Ms Or.P443R largely in toto.36 The differences being that Lines 16 and 17 are
reversed in order; Line 17 is also employed as a chapter heading; and the preposition of
Line 16 is reduced from .YF (.)A to (.)A. A comparison of Ms Or.P443R and the $alilli
Sunan Ibn Miijah illustrates the following redaction strategies of historiography in effect.
34 Muhammad b. Isma'll Bukhari, Salim al~Bukhiirl, vol. 1 (Beirut: Dar al-Kotob al-Ilmiyah, 1999), 345. Cf. Muhammad b. Isma'll BukharI, The Translation of the Meanings ofSahih al-Bukhari: Arabic-English, voL 2, trans. Muhammad Muhsin Khan (Lahore: Kazi Publications, 1983),280. 35 Bukhari, Salim, vol. 1,44. Cf. Bukhari, The Translation, vol. 1, 10l. 36 Ibn Majah, Salim Sunan Ibn Miijah, vol. 1 (Beirut: AI-Maktab al-IslamI, 1986),50.
13
The hadith is preserved (i) verbatim, (v) as a partial report of a narrative followed by its
reproduction in toto, (viii) as reports rearranged for a coherent sequence in order to fit the
compilation schema adopted by means of a "cut and paste" khabar method (in this case,
both as a chapter heading and a reversal of line order), and (ix) with altered wording of
some reports. In addition, Ibn Majah utilizes an alteration of strategy iv. Rather than
omitting the isnad, he uses a truncated isnad that does not corroborate with Ms
Or.P443R.
The §ahih of Muslim b. al-Hajjaj (c.821-875 C.E./C.202-261 A.H.) also preserves
Lines 16 and 17 of Ms Or.P443R largely in toto.21 In like manner as Ibn Majah, Muslim
reverses the line order of Lines 16 and 17. In lieu of the preposition c>, Muslim uses
in accordance with Bukhari. Furthermore, Muslim appends another line to this
hadith by means of the coordinating conjunction wdw. This latter line translates as
follows: ".. .and thou wert the (governor) of Basra."3 8 This, however, is not preserved in
Ms Or.P443R. Unlike Bukhari and Ibn Majah, Muslim does not employ the hadiths as
chapter headings. A comparison of Ms Or.P443R and the §ahih Muslim reveals the
following procedures. The hadith is redacted (i) verbatim, (vii) with the interpolation of
new information derived from other sources without citation (in this case, an appendage),
(viii) as reports rearranged for a coherent sequence in order to fit the compilation schema
adopted by means of a "cut and paste" khabar method (in this case, a reversal of line
order), and (ix) with altered wording of some reports. In addition, Muslim, like Ibn
Majah, utilizes an alteration of strategy iv. Rather than omitting the isnad, he uses an
Muslim b. al-Hajjaj, al-Jami' al-SahTh, vol. 1 (N.p.: n.p., 1911), 140. Cf. Imam Muslim, Sahih Muslim, vol. 1, trans. 'Abdul Hamld §idd!q! (New Delhi: Kitab Bhavan, 1977), 148-149. 3 8 Muslim, Sahih, 149.
13
The liadUh is preserved (i) verbatim, (v) as a partial report of a narrative followed by its
reproduction in toto, (viii) as reports rearranged for a coherent sequence in order to fit the
compilation schema adopted by means of a "cut and paste" khabar method (in this case,
both as a chapter heading and a reversal of line order), and (ix) with altered wording of
some reports. In addition, Ibn Majah utilizes an alteration of strategy iv. Rather than
omitting the isniid, he uses a truncated isniid that does not corroborate with Ms
Or.P443R.
The Salim of Muslim b. al-tIajjaj (c.821-875 C.E./c.202-261 A.H.) also preserves
Lines 16 and 17 ofMs Or.P443R largely in totO.37 In like manner as Ibn Majah, Muslim
reverses the line order of Lines 16 and 17. In lieu of the preposition Y.P 0-0, Muslim uses
~, in accordance with Bukhan. Furthermore, Muslim appends another line to this
liadlth by means of the coordinating conjunction wiiw. This latter line translates as
follows: " ... and thou wert the (governor) ofBasra.,,38 This, however, is not preserved in
Ms Or.P443R. Unlike Bukhan and Ibn Majah, Muslim does not employ the liadlths as
chapter headings. A comparison of Ms Or.P443R and the Salim Muslim reveals the
following procedures. The liadlth is redacted (i) verbatim, (vii) with the interpolation of
new information derived from other sources without citation (in this case, an appendage),
(viii) as reports rearranged for a coherent sequence in order to fit the compilation schema
adopted by means of a "cut and paste" khabar method (in this case, a reversal of line
order), and (ix) with altered wording of some reports. In addition, Muslim, like Ibn
Majah, utilizes an alteration of strategy iv. Rather than omitting the isniid, he uses an
37 Muslim b. al-Eajjaj, al-Jiimi' al-$aMIi, vol. 1 (N.p.: n.p., 1911), 140. Cf. Imam Muslim, $alrili Muslim, vol. 1, trans. 'Abdul HamId SiddIqI (New Delhi: Kitab Bhavan, 1977), 148-149. 38 Muslim, $alifli, 149.
14
alternative isnad that at points parallels Ms Or.P443R. Both isndds refer to an 'Abd
Allah and trace back ultimately to a personage whose name includes Hurayra.
The parallels in method between al-Tabari's nine operating principles and that of
the muhaddithun are evident from the above comparison of the hadith specimen
preserved in the canonical collections. Although Ms Or.P443R represents but a fragment
of the early Hadith corpus, a comparison with the canonical collections has identified the
presence of six of the nine redaction procedures of historical criticism, i.e., i, iv, v, vii,
viii, and ix. Additionally, it has exposed perhaps a tenth operating principle, that is a
variation of iv, namely, the truncation or utilization of an alternate isnad. The
comparative study of further hadith papyri fragments may illustrate the functioning of the
remaining three procedures, as well as provide evidence of others. Moreover, these
results may clarify the existing nine operations and vice versa. In terms of the scope of
this study, these results provide an evidentiary basis and verification for the initial
hypothesis that the methods of historical criticism are in fact the methods of hadith
criticism. Furthermore, they demonstrate the applied value of the proposed codicological
approach that commences and concludes with the artifact, revealing the process therein.
The Scope of the Present Study
The above case study has established the effectiveness of the codicological
method in clarifying issues of historical import with regard to the nature of the
relationship between early hadith criticism and early Islamic historiography. The degree
of the utility of the codicological method is largely dependent upon the availability of
primary source materials to be analyzed. The greater the number of source materials, the
14
alternative isnad that at points parallels Ms Or.P443R. Both isnads refer to an 'Abd
Allah and trace back ultimately to a personage whose name includes Hurayra.
The parallels in method between al-'fabarl's nine operating principles and that of
the munaddithiin are evident from the above comparison of the nadfth specimen
preserved in the canonical collections. Although Ms Or.P443R represents but a fragment
of the early Hadfth corpus, a comparison with the canonical collections has identified the
presence of six of the nine redaction procedures of historical criticism, i.e., i, iv, v, vii,
viii, and ix. Additionally, it has exposed perhaps a tenth operating principle, that is a
variation of iv, namely, the truncation or utilization of an alternate isnad. The
comparative study of further nadfth papyri fragments may illustrate the functioning of the
remaining three procedures, as well as provide evidence of others. Moreover, these
results may clarify the existing nine operations and vice versa. In terms of the scope of
this study, these results provide an evidentiary basis and verification for the initial
hypothesis that the methods of historical criticism are in fact the methods of nadfth
criticism. Furthermore, they demonstrate the applied value of the proposed codicological
approach that commences and concludes with the artifact, revealing the process therein.
The Scope of the Present Study
The above case study has established the effectiveness of the codicological
method in clarifying issues of historical import with regard to the nature of the
relationship between early nadfth criticism and early Islamic historiography. The degree
of the utility of the codicological method is largely dependent upon the availability of
primary source materials to be analyzed. The greater the number of source materials, the
15
greater precision with which the method can be applied. In turn, the more sound the
results of the method.
Given the methodological impasse in Arabic manuscript research and
historiography resulting from the late composition of the sources and the authenticity
debate, it is astonishing that the availability and accessibility of primary source materials
in the form of the thousands of extant Arabic papyri has not taken precedence in the
historical discipline. To date, the vast majority of Arabic literary papyri remain
untapped, and as such, are unknown to and unaccounted for by historians. 4 0
In light of these considerations, the following thesis seeks to make available the
editions, translations, commentaries, and significance of six Arabic literary papyri from
the Aziz S. Atiya Papyri and Paper Collection at the University of Utah. The Atiya
Collection constitutes one of the largest papyri holdings in North America. 4 1 The
collection comprises 770 Arabic papyri, as well as over 1300 Arabic paper documents.
The provenance of the Collection is largely Egyptian in origin. Atiya collected the
documents over the course of many years through purchases from dealers in Egypt,
Beirut, and London, in addition to a selection of items acquired from the University of
Chicago. The Atiya Collection is unique not only in its size, but also in its content, as a
significant number of the papyri date to the period between the eighth and ninth
centuries.
Robert Hoyland, "New Documentary Texts and the Early Islamic State," Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 69:3 (2006): 395. 4 0 Ibid. 4 1 For the figures of other comparable collections in North America, cf. Petra Sijpesteijn, "North American Papyrus Collections Revisited," Bardiyyat 1 (2003): 11-19. 4 2 For Atiya's account of the collection and its preservation, cf. "Aziz S. Atiya. Interview," Everett L. Cooley Oral History Project, nos. 328 and 329, ed. Everett L. Cooley (Salt Lake City: Marriott Library, 1985), 19-22.
15
greater precision with which the method can be applied. In tum, the more sound the
results of the method.
Given the methodological Impasse m Arabic manuscript research and
historiography resulting from the late composition of the sources and the authenticity
debate, it is astonishing that the availability and accessibility of primary source materials
in the form of the thousands of extant Arabic papyri has not taken precedence in the
historical discipline. 39 To date, the vast majority of Arabic literary papyri remam
untapped, and as such, are unknown to and unaccounted for by historians. 40
In light of these considerations, the following thesis seeks to make available the
editions, translations, commentaries, and significance of six Arabic literary papyri from
the Aziz S. Atiya Papyri and Paper Collection at the University of Utah. The Atiya
Collection constitutes one of the largest papyri holdings in North America. 41 The
collection comprises 770 Arabic papyri, as well as over 1300 Arabic paper documents.
The provenance of the Collection is largely Egyptian in origin. Atiya collected the
documents over the course of many years through purchases from dealers in Egypt,
Beirut, and London, in addition to a selection of items acquired from the University of
Chicago.42 The Atiya Collection is unique not only in its size, but also in its content, as a
significant number of the papyri date to the period between the eighth and ninth
centuries.
39 Robert Hoyland, "New Documentary Texts and the Early Islamic State," Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 69:3 (2006): 395. 40 Ibid. 41 For the figures of other comparable collections in North America, cf. Petra Sijpesteijn, "North American Papyrus Collections Revisited," Bardiyyiit 1 (2003): 11-19. 42 For Atiya's account of the collection and its preservation, cf. "Aziz S. Atiya. Interview," Everett L. Cooley Oral History Project, nos. 328 and 329, ed. Everett L. Cooley (Salt Lake City: Marriott Library, 1985), 19-22.
16
The six Arabic literary papyri comprise materials from both prophetic logia
(hadith) and law (fiqh). The papyri include: Ms Or.P173, P205, P365, P443, P518, and
P521. Four of the six papyri were independently edited by William Matthews
Malczycki4 3 and Mark Muehlhaeusler.4 4 Ms Or.P173 is a hadith based legal (fiqh) text
that addresses general and specific issues regarding menstruation. Ms Or.P205 is a proto-
fiqh text, containing an admixture of hadith and law proper that concerns the protocol for
prayers. Ms O.P365 is a hadith commentary on Sura al-Nisa', Verse 34. In addition,
Ms Or.P365 preserves a fragment of the Musnad of Ahmad b. Hanbal (780-855 C.E./164-
241 A.H.). Ms O.P443, as noted above, is an extant hadith papyrus fragment of a hadith
compiler. Ms Or.P518 includes a mixture of td'rikh and tafsir (Qur'anic exegesis).
Lastly, Ms Or.P521 is representative of a fully developed tradition of hadith.
These specific papyri address a variety of issues relating to the development of
prophetic logia (hadith) and Islamic moral law (fiqh). The publication of these papyri
will prove to be a substantial contribution to the understanding of the evolution of these
traditions.
These include: Ms Or.P205, P365, P443, and P521. The re-edited papyri presented here shed new light on the four papyri as follows (the designation of Recto and Verso follow Malczycki). Ms Or.P205: Significant grammatical variance (Recto, Line 2); identification of a pericope of the Qur'an (6:161-163) (Recto, Lines 7-8). Ms Or.P365: Malczycki provided an edition of the Recto; the re-edition includes an edition of the Verso that preserves almost verbatim a passage from the Musnad of Ibn Hanbal. Ms Or.P443: Rather than two identical isndds on the Recto, the re-edition reveals variant readings of the name of the transmitter of the parallel hadiths. Ms Or.P521: The re-edition includes the reconstruction of five additional lines (Recto, Line 7; Verso, Lines 4-7). Cf. William Matthews Malczycki, "Literary Papyri from the University of Utah Arabic Papyrus and Paper Collection" (Ph.D. diss., University of Utah, 2006). 4 4 These include: Ms Or.P518 and P521. Mark Muehlhaeusler was kind enough to make available his unpublished editions of these two papyri, in addition to providing instruction, assistance, and direction in the editing of all of the papyri in the present group.
16
The six Arabic literary papyri compnse materials from both prophetic logia
(nadfth) and law (fiqh). The papyri include: Ms Or.PI73, P205, P365, P443, P518, and
P521. Four of the six papyri were independently edited by William Matthews
Ma1czycki43 and Mark Muehlhaeusler.44 Ms Or.P173 is a nadfth based legal (fiqh) text
that addresses general and specific issues regarding menstruation. Ms Or.P205 is a proto-
fiqh text, containing an admixture of nadfth and law proper that concerns the protocol for
prayers. Ms Or.P365 is a nadfth commentary on Sura al-Nisii', Verse 34. In addition,
Ms Or.P365 preserves a fragment of the Musnad of Ahmad b. Hanbal (780-855 c.E.l164-
241 A.H.). Ms Or.P443, as noted above, is an extant nadfth papyrus fragment of a nadfth
compiler. Ms Or.P518 includes a mixture of tii'rlkh and tajsfr (Qur'anic exegesis).
Lastly, Ms Or.P521 is representative of a fully developed tradition of liadfth.
These specific papyri address a variety of issues relating to the development of
prophetic logia (nadfth) and Islamic moral law (fiqh). The pUblication of these papyri
will prove to be a substantial contribution to the understanding of the evolution of these
traditions.
43 These include: Ms Or.P205, P365, P443, and P521. The re-edited papyri presented here shed new light on the four papyri as follows (the designation of Recto and Verso follow Malczycki). Ms Or.P205: Significant grammatical variance (Recto, Line 2); identification of a pericope of the Qur'iin (6:161-163) (Recto, Lines 7-8). Ms Or.P365: Malczycki provided an edition of the Recto; the re-edition includes an edition of the Verso that preserves almost verbatim a passage from the Musnad of Ibn Hanbal. Ms Or.P443: Rather than two identical isniids on the Recto, the re-edition reveals variant readings of the name of the transmitter of the parallellladfths. Ms Or.P521: The re-edition includes the reconstruction of five additional lines (Recto, Line 7; Verso, Lines 4-7). Cf. William Matthews Malczycki, "Literary Papyri from the University of Utah Arabic Papyrus and Paper Collection" (Ph.D. diss., University of Utah, 2006). 44 These include: Ms Or.P518 and P521. Mark Muehlhaeusler was kind enough to make available his unpublished editions of these two papyri, in addition to providing instruction, assistance, and direction in the editing of all of the papyri in the present group.
DOCUMENT 1: MS OR.P173
Identification
Date: Third/ninth century.4 6
Ms Or.P173 is a collection of hadiths that form the basis for a section of a judicial
work addressing the issue of mustahadah. This papyrus partially overlaps in thematic
content with the Muwatta' of Malik b. Anas (c.715-796 C.E./96-179 A.H.), specifically,
the books on "Menstruation in General" and "Bleeding as if Menstruating."4 7 Another
parallel between the two works includes the fact that the isndds trace back to 'Aisha, as
well as to other mutual transmitters.
Physical Description
Good quality dark brown papyrus 26 x 18.5 cm. Black ink. 4 8 Perhaps a fragment
of a roll; the beginning is missing and it is uncertain as to whether the end is complete.4 9
Composed of three fragments: 26 x 8.3 cm, 19 x 10.5 cm, and 3 x 3 cm. The first
The physical description of the papyri are based on Lola Atiya, "Arabic Papyrus and Paper Collection," Aziz S. Atiya Middle East Library, n.d., http://www.lib.utah.edu/libraryinfo/dept/rniddleeast/papyrus/ (15 May 2007). The designation of Recto and Verso do not correspond with Atiya. Recto and Verso have been determined according to the standard practice of identifying the direction of the fibers of a given papyrus, i.e., horizontal and vertical, respectively. Where the designation of Recto and Verso differ from that of the reading order, the symbols A (Written First) and B (Written Subsequently) have been utilized. The papyri appear in numerical order in accordance with their catalogue designations. 4 6 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). 4 7 Malik b. Anas, Al-Muwatta' al-Imam Malik: Riwdyat Yahya b. Yahya al-Laythi, ed. Ahmad Ratib 'Armush (Beirut: Dar al-Nafa'is, 1977), 50-52; Malik b. Anas, Al-Muwatta of Imam Malik ibn Anas: The First Formulation of Islamic Law, trans. Aisha Abdurrahman Bewley (London: Kegan Paul International, 1989), 21-22.
4 8 For specifics regarding the ink ( ^ ) , cf. Adolf Grohmann, From the World of Arabic Papyri (Cairo: Al-Maaref Press, 1952), 67-68. 4 9 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)).
DOCUMENT 1: MS OR.P17345
Identification
Date: Third/ninth century.46
Ms Or.P173 is a collection of nadfths that form the basis for a section of a judicial
work addressing the issue of mustanaaah. This papyrus partially overlaps in thematic
content with the Muwatta' of Mlilik b. Anas (c.715-796 c.E./96-179 A.H.), specifically,
the books on "Menstruation in General" and "Bleeding as if Menstruating.,,47 Another
parallel between the two works includes the fact that the isnads trace back to '.Aisha, as
well as to other mutual transmitters.
Physical Description
Good quality dark brown papyrus 26 x 18.5 cm. Black ink.48 Perhaps a fragment
of a roll; the beginning is missing and it is uncertain as to whether the end is complete.49
Composed of three fragments: 26 x 8.3 cm, 19 x 10.5 cm, and 3 x 3 cm. The first
45 The physical description of the papyri are based on Lola Atiya, "Arabic Papyrus and Paper Collection," Aziz S. Atiya Middle East Library, n.d., http://www.lib.utah.edU/libraryinfo/deptJmiddleeastJpapyrus/ (15 May 2007). The designation of Recto and Verso do not correspond with Atiya. Recto and Verso have been determined according to the standard practice of identifying the direction of the fibers of a given papyrus, i.e., horizontal and vertical, respectively. Where the designation of Recto and Verso differ from that of the reading order, the symbols A (Written First) and B (Written Subsequently) have been utilized. The papyri appear in numerical order in accordance with their catalogue designations. 46 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). 47 Malik b. Anas, Al-Muwatta' ai-Imam Malik: Riwayat Yaliya b. Yaliya al-Laythl, ed. Ahmad Ratib 'Armllsh (Beirut: Dar al-Nafii.'is, 1977),50-52; Malik b. Anas, Al-Muwatta of Imam Malik ibn Anas: The First Formulation of Islamic Law, trans. Aisha Abdurrahman Bewley (London: Kegan Paul International, 1989),21-22. 48 For specifics regarding the ink (..ll~), cf. Adolf Grohmann, From the World of Arabic Papyri (Cairo: AlMaarefPress, 1952),67-68. 49 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)).
18
fragment of the text forms the Recto Right Margin. A gap of 1 cm in length is postulated
between the first and the smaller second fragment; the second fragment is either in need
of being moved further left or the fragment belongs elsewhere. There is a 2 cm gap
postulated to separate the third fragment from the first fragment of the text.
Recto: Reconstruction of Recto yields 31 lines. In good condition.
Verso: Verso yields 1 illegible line. What appears to be illegible faded ink is vaguely
identifiable in the center of the page. It may be a title page of a codex or lemma of this
particular quire.
Script
The naskhT skeletal ductus of this document parallels that of Ms Or.P518, e.g., hr
combination, ^ j * . A number of diacritical marks are employed, i.e., dotted ^ , ^ , £, £,
J, u-*, (3, u, and LS. The dotting of qd' with two dots above the letter is inconsistent
since the dots are often omitted (cf. Recto, Line 24, where both variations of qd' exist
side by side). Unlike the pervasive use of miniature letters in Ms Or.P518, this document
evidences but one possible miniature below an cayn (cf. Recto, Line 17).
The vowel of prolongation is often omitted in favor of the defective alif (cf.
Recto, Line 28: i > ^ » ) . The singular case of a short vowel diacritic may be that of a
dhamma (cf. Recto, Line 30). Otherwise, as opposed to Ms Or.P518, no other short
vowel markings are present in this document.
Punctuation includes O with a diagonal dividing line (e.g., Recto, Line 9). The
marginalia of Recto, Line 21, contains a circle with no intersection. The earliest case for
this device in the shape of an inverted heart, with or without a vertical line intersecting
18
fragment of the text forms the Recto Right Margin. A gap of 1 cm in length is postulated
between the first and the smaller second fragment; the second fragment is either in need
of being moved further left or the fragment belongs elsewhere. There is a 2 cm gap
postulated to separate the third fragment from the first fragment of the text.
Recto: Reconstruction of Recto yields 31 lines. In good condition.
Verso: Verso yields 1 illegible line. What appears to be illegible faded ink is vaguely
identifiable in the center of the page. It may be a title page of a codex or lemma of this
particular quire.
The naskhz skeletal ductus of this document parallels that of Ms Or.PSI8, e.g., nr
combination, 4.1. y::.. A number of diacritical marks are employed, i.e., dotted Y, w, e;:, t,
j, u:=-, u, J, 0, and 9. The dotting of qa' with two dots above the letter is inconsistent
since the dots are often omitted (cf. Recto, Line 24, where both variations of qa' exist
side by side). Unlike the pervasive use of miniature letters in Ms Or.PSI8, this document
evidences but one possible miniature below an 'ayn (cf. Recto, Line 17).
The vowel of prolongation is often omitted in favor of the defective alif (cf.
Recto, Line 28: lJ.4:!L). The singular case of a short vowel diacritic may be that of a
dhamma (cf. Recto, Line 30). Otherwise, as opposed to Ms Or.P5I8, no other short
vowel markings are present in this document.
Punctuation includes 0 with a diagonal dividing line (e.g., Recto, Line 9). The
marginalia of Recto, Line 21, contains a circle with no intersection. The earliest case for
this device in the shape of an inverted heart, with or without a vertical line intersecting
19
the middle, in lieu of the circle with or without a dot, is dated to the first half of the
third/ninth century.5 0 This papyrus also contains a crossed out dittograph (cf. Recto, Line
14). Lastly, this document has a few cases of superscript text (cf. Recto, Lines 14.5, 18.5
20.5, and 28.5). Recto, Line 29, has superscript scholia, that is, commentaries and
annotations on the text. The main text reads "said" and the superscript reads "said,"
perhaps providing further details regarding the transmitter.
Text: Recto
[„j i [...] <jJJI 4jl>_c 2
[ - ] («>J) 3 [•••][ ] [ - ] [ - ] 4
[...][--] p"^ A-^c- ^ J j ^ j 5 [...] x [...][-] tijMiic. (AL& U J ) [ — ] 6
[...] [—]JI x [...] L>,L<Ull> J-(p*.p U 7 [ . . . ] <lJL>(_L ^1) & J* [...] x [...] < c > (Uj <p ^ ) ( < » [...] 8
[...] <•&> ( u1^) [2cm...] ( ^ ^ L } x , j g Uac (jc 10 [•••] H J [ 0 -] [2cm...] ( u P ub 11
[...] < t >uLa c j j > [2cm...] <cll>JIS j j c . LLc 12 [...]<p) J 1 U ( J - ) [ — ] V<-£> p c(JJW) J-p)<j> [2cm...] (—pi j-le c> 13
[...] [-] WJ ^ Lu j l j «U» U j ^ [_] [2cm...] <^->-^ u1 J 1 5 [-] [...] [—] J 14 ^ '14 .5
<CP> ^jjp cr?1 oi " M ^ p - J a (6-) [2cm...] [-] (-*^Lp u[ . . .p 15 [...] <d*u> c> (AJJJI) d*J\ j r j j »il <J>j-<-u>j> [2cm...] [—] < * > 1 > a ^ i l (t>) ^ 16
[. . .] < O J V J > l [ - ] [2cm...]<£jj> £1 j < J j ^ > c ^ J 17 [...] ^1 <<>>[-] [2cm...] o> XjW (0) Wi* J_£U 18
PtL^I o / 18.5
[...] [-] <4->Jli (u-p^it c> fL£* oi (4-p^-j [2cm...] <o-UI j[ ] c> ^ 20 Va.uu- ; . . . .K ' 20.5
[„.]_^ (cuSel U!jal) c ajo lil JIS [2cm...]jVI Ailjll JIS j^i) f O ,<A25>'J 21 [•••] [—] t«5 [—] jSU [...] < c o ^ l L(Jk)ljSI <J ulj 22
[...] [ ] [-]L[-] <>*ll CP [--] [2cm...] j ^ t W ^ 23 [••••] [ - ] ^ ^ 1 J 5 ^ J AjjalaJwll [ ] [2cm...] t> ^ ^ - [ - p l cJ^J 24
[...] Ulja! cJij i ^ jla UJIJSU AS*J [2cm...][--p>(P)lj [-p&l [—] j * tu> 25
Nabia Abbott, Studies in Arabic Literary Papyri, vol. 1: Historical Texts (Chicago: University of Chicago, 1957), 61 .
19
the middle, in lieu of the circle with or without a dot, is dated to the first half of the
third/ninth century.50 This papyrus also contains a crossed out ditto graph (cf. Recto, Line
14). Lastly, this document has a few cases of superscript text (cf. Recto, Lines 14.5, 18.5
20.5, and 28.5). Recto, Line 29, has superscript scholia, that is, commentaries and
annotations on the text. The main text reads "said" and the superscript reads "said,"
perhaps providing further details regarding the transmitter.
Text: Recto
[ ... J I [ ... J <rLJI~..c 2
[ ... J (.u.J) 3 [ ... J [ ---------J [ ... J [--------J 4
[ ... J[--J ~I ~ illl JJ-U'.J 5 [ ... J x [ ... J[-J .l.=...c. ~ illl ¥=- LF- (~~I ~)[--J 6
[ ... J [----]JI.u[ ... J x [ ... J ~ U"l<-lll> .Jl(-'-"'-)-II t... 'Y 7 [ ... J <~l>(...1. ~I) ~ ~ [ ... J x [ ... J «> (lu ~I~) I.k:. (LF-) [ ... J 8
[ ... J [-J..AC 0 ~k..:i.u.JI :u Jk! 9 [ ... J <.s> (u~) [2cm ... J (-::..J~ ~l)..c LF-I.k:. LF- 10
[ ... J [-J.J [0 -J [2cm ... J (u)~ ul.J~.J 11 [ ... J <~ ~> [2cm ... J <u>J~~le LF-I.k:. 12
[ ... J(~).JI uC,.)[---J 4-<-:> y>[---]JI e::(.J3i:l) J{-;-.)<y [2cm ... J ( ........ )JI..role LF- 13 [ ... J [-J ~ J.;.~ ~ ~ rJ ul.J «tA» tA--*'" [-J [2em ... J <r>-k u l J~ [-J [ ... J [----J.JI 14
'-0' 14.5 <LF-> ~.Jy::. ~I ~ .l.(-+p.... tIih ~ (lJA) [2cm ... J [-J (-o)l}-u> u[ ... J...J 15
[ ... J <J;-.y lJA (~I) J;-.)I e::.Jj I~I ill I <J> J-~y [2cm ... J [---J <7»..,........ LF- ~I (LF-) o~t:i916 [ ... J ~ <~.J> lJA ~ t 4 J;-..J ~I.J l[ -J [2cm ... J<e::.Jj> I~I .J ~ <J.J)U> ~.J 17
[ ... J Y:!-?- ~I ~ (~J:!) <LF->[-J [2cm ... J ~ ~)I (0) ~ J.J)ll18 \:..l\..bJ1 ~' 18.5
[ ... J LF- ~)I 0 <~> ~b.:i.....a <7>~> [ ... J <~>.............JI ~ ~ LF- y~ ~I LF- 19 [ ... J [-J <<L>J~ (0-}--=J1 LF- ~~ ~ (4...p.l..o.J [2cm ... J <<L>...lll ¥=- .3[-----J LF- ~~ 20
'<~k..:i.u.JI>' 20.5 [ ... J ....... (w~1 tAI.)I) L".l9y::. I~I ~ [2em ... J.Jll1 -::..JL.. ¥)I J~ ~I r 0 '<~>' J 21
[ ... J [----J rJ ulj 4-J1~1.J 4-Jll~.J 4-J [---J ,)4 [ ... J <w>~1 l(.A )1.)1 wy.J rJ ul.J 22 [ ... J [--------J [-Jl[ -J ~I LF- [--J .):l<1> [2em ... J ~I ~ w~ .ill~ 23
[ .... J [-J ~I ~ l.)ll4.J ~k..:i.u.J1 [-----J [2cm ... J LF-~ t... .l.[-J-=.I~.J 24 [ ... J tA 1.)1 w y.J rJ ulj 4-:11.)4 ~ [2cm ... J[--J ..... >(-+ )I.J [-J-.,1CI [----J yo -::..JL.. 25
50 Nabia Abbott, Studies in Arabic Literary Papyri, vol. 1: Historical Texts (Chicago: University of Chicago, 1957),61.
20
[...pic. [ - ] [...] a[-]j f U [_] [2cm...] ^ j a j j ^ i J£ ^ c j ^ I 26 [...] [—p[-] s ^ l (U^L) L[2cm...] p j«-pj > u_&* 27
[...] VI a j * ^ ^ ^jj^j jjc ( >uL. (jj s(^u.)-& [2cm...] [—] ^ 28 ' [ . . . ] J I S ' 2 8 . 5
[...] f l j ^ j ! OJx± ![-] [2cm...] [—] 4J*—JI 0^ ^ 29 [...] [ ]j Wja [—] [2cm...] <W> p> p 30
[...] (f-p- (op u> ( L p[-] [-.]31
Text: Verso
[...] i
Translation: Recto
1 [...] 2 [... ] <peace be upon him> 3 (and he has) [...] 4 [...] 5 the Messenger of God peace be upon him [...] 6 [...] (b. Abl 'Abla) from 'Abd Allah b. Muhammad [...] x [ . . .] 7 in it [...] the (eyesight) of <the people> from me [...] x [. . .] 8 [...] (from) ' Atta (b. Abl) <Rabah> [...] x [...] 'AHb. (Abl) <Talib> [...] 9 as if she is experiencing an intermittent discharge of blood 0 [...] 10 from 'Atta from ('Aisha said) [2cm...] [...] 11 and she prayed and even if it (was) [2cm...] [0] And [...] 12 'Atta from 'Aisha <she> said [2cm...] <b. Sulayman> [...] 13 from 'Amir [...] [2cm...] [...] <a man> (marries) the [...] <with> her [...] or [...] 14 or [...] he said that <if he knows> [2cm...] her «her» dowry and if he does not
know until he consummated his marriage with her [...] 14.5 " [ . . . ] ' 15 [...] [2cm...] (someone) said it was related to us (Sa'id) b. Abi 'Aruba <from> 16 Qatada (from) al-Hasan from <Samura> [...] [2cm...] <the Prophet of> God if the
man gives in marriage (his daughter) to <a man> [...] 17 and she is <to the first> of them both and if he <marries> [2cm...] [...] and
whichever man sold something from <two men> so it is [...] 18 to the first of them both (0) al-Walld b. [2cm...] <from> (YazTd) b. Abl HabTb [...] 18.5 ' b.Khattab' 19 from Ibn Shihab from Sa'Td b. al-<Musayyib> [...] <\the\ waiting period \for\> a
woman experiencing an intermittent discharge of blood <is one year> 0 al-Walld from [...]
20 Dlb from [...] 'Abd <Allah> [2cm...] and (§adaqah) b. Hisham from (al-Hasan) he said <it> [...]
20
[ ... ]...!.c [--] [ ... ] ~I 0[--]J ("yl m [-] [2cm ... ] ~ ~ ~.) w~1 26 [ ... ] [---~[-] ~ 1:JJi ':IJ soWI (th.~) l[2cm ... ] (s-*"}..bJ~ yo 0# 27
[ ] ':II ~ . . · ... L· -(..l..u.\ <"- [2 ] [ ] ~ '1 m 28 ... _ IY. ~ uc I...i"';:'"'"" IY. 0 .. ,- cm... --- -*'"" '[ ... ]Jt9 ' 28.5
[ ... ] l.?- JI 0Jh 1[-] [2cm ... ] [---] JU ~I ~ ~ 29 [ ... ] [------]J '-P.") [---] [2cm ... ] <4-:> J;..~ ~ ~~ ~ ~ 30
[ ... ] (r)-b (0)tS 01 (l)+[-] [ ... ] 31
Text: Verso
[ ... ] 1
Translation: Recto
1 [ ... ] 2 [ ... ] <peace be upon him> 3 (and he has) [ ... ] 4 [ ... ] 5 the Messenger of God peace be upon him [ ... ] 6 [ ... ] (b. AbI 'Abla) from 'Abd Allah b. Muhammad [ ... ] x [ ... ]
7 in it [ ... ] the (eyesight) of <the people> from me [ ... ] x [ ... ] 8 [ ... ] (from) 'AHa (b. AbI) <Rabah> [ ... ] x [ ... ] 'Alib. (AbI) <'falib> [ ... ] 9 as if she is experiencing an intermittent discharge of blood 0 [ ... ] 10 from 'AHa from ('Aisha said) [2cm ... ] [ ... ] 11 and she prayed and even ifit (was) [2cm ... ] [0] And [ ... ] 12 'AHa from 'Aisha <she> said [2em ... ] <b. Sulayrnan> [ ... ] 13 from 'Amir [ ... ] [2em ... ] [ ... ] <a man> (marries) the [ ... ] <with> her [ ... ] or [ ... ] 14 or [ ... ] he said that <if he knows> [2cm ... ] her «her» dowry and if he does not
know until he consummated his marriage with her [ ... ] 14.5 '[ ... ]' 15 [ ... ] [2cm ... ] (someone) said it was related to us (Sa'Id) b. AbI 'ArUba <from> 16 Qatada (from) aI-Hasan from <Samura> [ ... ] [2cm ... ] <the Prophet of> God if the
man gives in marriage (his daughter) to <a man> [ ... ] 17 and she is <to the first> of them both and if he <marries> [2cm ... ] [ ... ] and
whichever man sold something from <two men> so it is [ ... ] 18 to the first of them both (0) al-WalId b. [2cm ... ] <from> (YazId) b. AbI HabIb [ ... ] 18.5 'b. Khattab' 19 from Ibn Shihab from Sa'Id b. al-<Musayyib> [ ... ] <\the\ waiting period \for\> a
woman experiencing an intermittent discharge of blood <is one year> 0 al-W alid from [ ... ]
20 DIb from [ ... ] 'Abd <Allah> [2cm ... ] and (Sadaqah) b. Hisham from (aI-Hasan) he said <it> [ ... ]
21
20.5 <the woman experiencing an intermittent discharge of blood> 21 f <three> Oj months said al-Walld I asked [...] [2cm...] he said if you know
when her period starts (then she counts from that of) [...] 22 and if you do not know when (her) period starts then <she> counts from that of
[...] by reading [...] her [...] and her maternal aunts and her sisters and if [you] do not [...]
23 that she counts three months [2cm...] <Abu> [...] from al-Hasan [...] 24 and said [...] what Mu'amad from [2cm...] [...] the woman experiencing an
intermittent discharge of blood by the reading said Abu [...] 25 I asked he [...] [2cm...] by counting by the reading of it and if you do not know
her reading 26 she counts one menstrual cycle every month [2cm...] [...] three days and [...] the
period [...] 27 it is one menstrual cycle and (purification) [2cm...] [...] the waiting period and she
cannot marry until [...] 28 three full months [...] [2cm...] 'Ubayd b. Sulayman from Yahya b. Sa'Td al-[...] 28.5 'said [...]' 29 Sa'Td b. Musayyib said [...] [2cm...] [...] 30 if he does not know about that until <he consummates the marriage> [2cm...] [...]
so her chastity and [...] 31 [...]if(heknew)[...]
Translation: Verso
1 [...] (Figure 1 and Figure 2)
Comments
Recto, Line 6. "(b. Abl 'Abla)": Ibrahim b. Abl 'Abla (d. c.769 C.E./152 A.H. ) , 5 1
known as Abu Ishaq al-'Uqayll al-Shaml al-Maqdisi, was the shaykh of Palestine and the
last of the generation of Successors (Tdbi lun).52 He was born after the year 679 C.E./60
A . H . 5 3 Ibn Abl 'Abla narrated from Wathila b. al-Asqa', Anas b. Malik (cf. Comments
5 1 Ahmad ibn 'AIT b . Hajar al-'Asqalam, Kitab tahdhib al-tahdhib, vol. 1 (Beirut: Dar §adr, 1907), 143; Muhammad ibn Ahmad DhahabI, Tahdhib siyar a'1dm al-nubald', vol. 1 (Beirut: Mu'assasat al-Risalah, 1991), 235. 5 2 DhahabI, vol. 1,235.
21
20.5 <the woman experiencing an intennittent discharge of blood>' 21 r '<three>' 0 J months said al-Walld I asked [ ... ] [2cm ... ] he said if you know
when her period starts (then she counts from that of) [ ... ] 22 and if you do not know when (her) period starts then <she> counts from that of
[ ... ] by reading [ ... ] her [ ... ] and her maternal aunts and her sisters and if [you] do not [ ... ]
23 that she counts three months [2cm ... ] <Abu> [ ... ] from al-tIasan [ ... ] 24 and said [ ... ] what Mu'amad from [2cm ... ] [ ... ] the woman experiencing an
intennittent discharge of blood by the reading said Abu [ ... ] 25 I asked he [ ... ] [2cm ... ] by counting by the reading of it and if you do not know
her reading 26 she counts one menstrual cycle every month [2cm ... ] [ ... ] three days and [ ... ] the
period [ ... ] 27 it is one menstrual cycle and (purification) [2cm ... ] [ ... ] the waiting period and she
cannot marry until [ ... ] 28 three full months [ ... ] [2cm ... ] 'Ubayd b. Sulayman from Yahya b. Sa'Id al-[ ... ] 28.5 'said [ ... ]' 29 Sa'Id b. Musayyib said [ ... ] [2cm ... ] [ ... ] 30 ifhe does not know about that until <he consummates the marriage> [2cm ... ] [ ... ]
so her chastity and [ ... ] 31 [ ... ] if (he knew) [ ... ]
Translation: Verso
1 [ ... ] (Figure 1 and Figure 2)
Comments
Recto, Line 6. "(b. AbI 'Abla)": Ibrahim b. AbI 'Abla (d. c.769 c.E.l152 AH.),51
known as Abu Isnaq al-'Uqayll al-ShamI al-MaqdisI, was the shaykh of Palestine and the
last of the generation of Successors (Tiibi 'un). 52 He was born after the year 679 c.E.l60
A.H.53 Ibn AbI 'Abla narrated from Wathila b. al-Asqa', Anas b. Malik (cf. Comments
51 Anmad ibn 'Ali: b. Hajar al-'AsqalanI, Kitiib tahdhlb al-tahdhlb, vol. 1 (Beirut: Dar Sadr, 1907), 143; Munammad ibn Ahmad Dhahabl, Tahdhlb siyar a'liim al-nubalii " vol. 1 (Beirut: Mu'assasat al-Risalah, 1991),235. 52 Dhahabl, vol. 1,235. 53 Ibid.
22
i
Figure 1. MsOr .P173R Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure I. Ms Or.P 173R Rare Books Division Special Co llections
1. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
22
Figure 2. MsOr .P173V Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure 2. Ms Or.P173V Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
23
24
Ibid. Ibid.
54
55
5 6 Ibid. 5 7 Abu al-'Abbas Afimad b . Khallikan, Ibn Khallikan's Biographical Dictionary [Wafaydt al-a 'yanj, trans. Bn. Mac Guckin de Slane, vol. 2 (Beirut: Librairie du Liban, 1970), 203-204; Dhahabi, vol. 1, 175. 5 8 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 203 and 205. 5 9 Dhahabi, vol. 1, 175. 6 0 Ibid.; Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 203. 6 1 Op cit.
2 cf. L. Veccia Vaglieri, '"AIT b. Abl Talib," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008,
Section for Ms Or.P521R, Line 5, and Comments Section for Ms Or.P365VlS, Line 2),
Abl Umama al-Bahill, et alia.54 Those who narrated from him include Ibn Ishaq, Ibn
Shudhab, Malik, al-Layth, et alia55 Yahya b. Ma'Tn and al-Nasa'T considered Ibn Abl
' Abla trustworthy.5 6
Recto, Line 8. Read:
Recto, Lines 8, 10, and 12. '"Atta (b. Abl) <Rabah>": Abu Muhammad Atta b.
Abl Rabah Aslam (or Salim) Ibn Safwan (d. c.733-4 C.E./114-115 A.H.) was the mufti of
Mecca. 5 7 He learned fiqh and hadith from Jabir b. 'Abd Allah al-Ansarl (d. 697-8 C.E./78
A.H.), 'Abd Allah b. 'Abbas, 'Abd Allah b. al-Zubayr, and many other Companions
C O —
(§ahaba). He also transmitted hadith from 'Aisha (cf. Recto, Lines 10 and 12), Umm
Salama, Umm Hana, Abu Hurayra (cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Line 11, and Ms O.P443R,
Lines 8 and 14), and Ta'ifa. 5 9 'Atta b. Abl Rabah is cited as a traditionist by 'Amr b.
Dinar (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 19), al-Zuhri (cf. Comments Section, Recto,
Line 19), Qatada (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16), Malik b. Dinar, al-A'mash, al-
Awza'T, et alia.60 'AH b. al-Madlnl declared him trustworthy.6 1
Recto, Line 8. 'AH b. (Abl) <Talib>: 'AH b. Abl Talib (d. 661 C.E./40 A.H.) was
the cousin and son-in-law of the Prophet and the fourth and last of the Rashidun caliphs
(cf. Ms Or.P518V, Line 8) . 6 2
24
Section for Ms Or.P521R, Line 5, and Comments Section for Ms Or.P365VIS, Line 2),
AbI Umama al-BabilI, et alia. 54 Those who narrated from him include Ibn Ishaq, Ibn
Shudhab, Malik, al-Layth, et alia. 55 Yahya b. Ma'In and al-Nasa'I considered Ibn AbI
'Abla trustworthy. 56
Recto, Line 8. l1:.c: Read: .. l1:.c.
Recto, Lines 8, 10, and 12. "'AHa (b. AbI) <Rabah>": Abu Muhammad AHa b.
AbI Rabah Aslam (or Salim) Ibn Safwan (d. c.733-4 c.E.l114-115 A.H.) was the mufti of
Mecca.57 He leamedfiqh and nadzth from Jabir b. 'Abd Allah aI-AnsarI (d. 697-8 c.E./78
A.H.), 'Abd Allah b. 'Abbas, 'Abd Allah b. al-Zubayr, and many other Companions
($aniiba).58 He also transmitted nadlth from 'Aisha (cf. Recto, Lines 10 and 12), Umm
Salama, Umm Hana, Abu Hurayra (cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Line 11, and Ms Or.P443R,
Lines 8 and 14), and 'fa'ifa.59 'AHa b. AbI Rabah is cited as a traditionist by 'Amr b.
Dinar (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 19), aI-ZuhrI (cf. Comments Section, Recto,
Line 19), Qatada (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16), Malik b. Dinar, al-A'mash, al-
Awza'I, et alia. 6o 'All b. al-MadInI declared him trustworthy.61
Recto, Line 8. 'All b. (AbI) <'falib>: 'All b. AbI 'falib (d. 661 c.E.l40 A.H.) was
the cousin and son-in-law of the Prophet and the fourth and last of the Riishidiin caliphs
(cf. Ms Or.P518V, Line 8).62
54 Ibid. 55 Ibid. 56 Ibid. 57 Abu al-'Abbas Ahmad b. Khallikan, Ibn Khallikan's Biographical Dictionary [Wafayat al-a 'yan), trans. Bn. Mac Guckin de Slane, vol. 2 (Beirut: Librairie du Liban, 1970),203-204; Dhahabl, vol. 1, 175. 58 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 203 and 205. 59 Dhahabl, vol. 1, 175. 60 Ibid.; Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 203. 61 Op cit. 62 cf. L. Veccia Vaglieri, '''All b. Abl 'falib," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heimichs, 2008,
25
Recto, Line 9. Mustahddah: "a woman in the state of pseudo menstruation."
Istihddah is "a term used by the jurists for the blood discharge which occurs outside the
periods of menstruation and following childbirth and which cannot be considered
menstruation (such as a discharge occurring after the maximum period of menstruation or
within its minimum period). It is usually yellowish, cold, thin and flows out slowly as
opposed to menstruation."6 4
Recto, Lines 10 and 12. '"Aisha": 'Aisha bint Abl Bakr (d. 678 C.E./58 A.H.) was
the third and favorite wife of the Prophet. As her name indicates, she was also the
daughter of the first Rdshidun caliph, Abu Bakr (d. 634 C.E./13 A . H . ) . 6 5 'Aisha is said to
have transmitted 1210 traditions, approximately 300 of which are found in the canons
(§ahihayn) of Bukhari and Muslim.6 6 Atta b. Abl Rabah (cf. Comments Section, Recto,
Lines 8, 10, and 12) transmitted hadith from 'Aisha.
Recto, Line 12. < c > ^ > of>: Reconstructed, cf. Line 28.
Recto, Line 14. Parallel clauses signaled by u1.
Recto, Line 15. "(Sa'Id) b. Abl 'Aruba": Mihran Abu al-Nadr al-'Adawi al-Basri
Sa'Id b. Abl 'Aruba (c.689-771-6 C.E./70-155-159 A.H.) was a Basran traditionalist.6 7 He
is credited to have been among the first to compose musannaf-type hadith collections.
The two works of Sa'Id (i.e., the Kitab al-Sunan and the Kitdb al-Talaq) are no longer
h1^://www.brillonline.rd/subscriber/entry?entry^ (26 February 2008). 6 3 Laleh Bakhtiar, Encyclopedia of Islamic Law: A Compendium of the Major Schools (Chicago: Kazi Publications, Inc., 1996), 601. 6 4 Ibid., 38. 6 5 W. Montgomery Watt, '"A'isha Bint Abl Bakr," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM (26 February 2008). 6 6 Ibid. 6 7 W. Raven, "Sa'Id b. Abl Aruba," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillordine.nl/subscriber/en1ry?entry=islam_SIM-6482 (26 February 2008). 6 8 Ibid.
25
Recto, Line 9. Mustaniiaah: "a woman in the state of pseudo menstruation.,,63
!stiniiaah is "a tenn used by the jurists for the blood discharge which occurs outside the
periods of menstruation and following childbirth and which cannot be considered
menstruation (such as a discharge occurring after the maximum period of menstruation or
within its minimum period). It is usually yellowish, cold, thin and flows out slowly as
opposed to menstruation.,,64
Recto, Lines 10 and 12. "'Aisha": 'Aisha bint AbI Bakr (d. 678 c.E./58 A.H.) was
the third and favorite wife of the Prophet. As her name indicates, she was also the
daughter of the first Riishidiin caliph, Abu Bakr (d. 634 c.E./13 A.H.).65 'Aisha is said to
have transmitted 1210 traditions, approximately 300 of which are found in the canons
($aMnayn) of Bukhan and Muslim.66 Atta b. AbI Rabah (cf. Comments Section, Recto,
Lines 8, 10, and 12) transmitted nad'ith from' Aisha.
Recto, Line 12. <~ ~>: Reconstructed, cf. Line 28.
Recto, Line 14. Parallel clauses signaled by 01•
Recto, Line 15 "(Sa'Id) b. AbI 'ArUba": Mihran Abu al-Nadr al-'AdawI al-Ba9n
Sa'Id b. AbI 'ArUba (c.689-771-6 C.E./70-155-159 A.H.) was a Basran traditionalist.67 He
is credited to have been among the first to compose mu~annaftype nadUh collections.68
The two works of Sa'Id (i.e., the Kitiib al-Sunan and the Kitiib al-raliiq) are no longer
http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_COM-0046 (26 February 2008). 63 Laleh Bakhtiar, Encyclopedia of Islamic Law: A Compendium of the Major Schools (Chicago: Kazi Publications, Inc., 1996), 601. 64 Ibid., 38. 65 W. Montgomery Watt, "'A'isha Bint Abi Bakr," Encyclopaedia of/slam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donze! and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-0440 (26 February 2008). 66 Ibid. 67 W. Raven, "Sa'id b. Abi ArUba," Encyclopaedia of/slam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donze! and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.n1!subscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-6482 (26 February 2008). 68 Ibid.
26
extant. Overall, as a transmitter, Sa'id is deemed reliable, although Ahmad b. Hanbal
charges him with tadhs, i.e., tampering with isnads. Sa'Id was the pupil of Qatada b.
71
Di'ama (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16) whose Kitdb al-Mandsik he edited.
Sa'Id was also a transmitter of the Successor, al-Hasan al-Basri (cf. Comments Section,
Recto, Line 16, and Lines 16, 20, and 23). 7 2 'Abd al-A'la b. 'Abd al-A'la al-Saml (d. 805
C.E./189 A.H.) transmitted from Sa'Id. 7 3
Recto, Line 15 <uc->: Reconstructed from an established isndd.
Recto, Line 16. "Qatada": Abu al-Khattab Qatada b. Di'ama b. Qatada al-SadusI
(c.680-735 C.E./60-117 A.H.) belonged to the class of Successors and was the student of
al-Hasan al-Basri (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 15, and Lines 16, 20, and 23) and
Ibn Slrin (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16 (below)).7 4 Qatada was also the teacher
of Sa'Id b. Abl 'Aruba (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 15). The §ahTfa of Jabir b.
'Abd Allah was transmitted by Qatada.7 5 Lastly, Qatada cites Atta b. Abl Rabah (cf.
Comments Section, Recto, Lines 8, 10, and 12) and Sa'Id b. al-Musayyib (cf. Comments
Section, Recto, Lines 19 and 29) as authorities.
Recto, Lines 16, 20, and 23. "al-Hasan": Abu Sa'Id b. Abl al-Hasan Yasar al-
Basri (642-728 C.E./21-110 A.H.), the prominent preacher during the Umayyad period,
o y I b i d . 7 0 Ibid. 7 1 Ibid. 7 2 Ibid. 7 3 Ibid. 7 4 Ch. Pellat, "Qatada b. Di'ama b. Qatada al-SadusT, Abu al-Khattab," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://wv/w.brillomine.^ (26 February 2008). The date of Qatada's death is contradictory in the sources (Ibid.). 7 5 Ibid.
26
extant.69 Overall, as a transmitter, Sa'Id is deemed reliable, although Ahmad b. Eanbal
charges him with tadlls, i.e., tampering with isniids.7o Sa'Id was the pupil of Qatada b.
Di'ama (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16) whose Kitiib al-Maniisik he edited.71
Sa'Id was also a transmitter of the Successor, al-Easan al-Ba~n (cf. Comments Section,
Recto, Line 16, and Lines 16,20, and 23).72 'Abd al-A'la b. 'Abd al-A'la al-SamI (d. 805
c.E.l189 A.H.) transmitted from Sa'Id.73
Recto, Line 15. <LF>: Reconstructed from an established isniid.
Recto, Line 16. "Qatada": Abu al-KhaHab Qatada b. Di'ama b. Qatada al-SadusI
(c.680-735 c.E.l60-117 A.H.) belonged to the class of Successors and was the student of
al-Easan al-Ba~rI (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 15, and Lines 16,20, and 23) and
Ibn SInn (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16 (below)).74 Qatada was also the teacher
of Sa'Id b. AbI 'ArUba (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 15). The $aliifa of Jabir b.
'Abd Allah was transmitted by Qatada.75 Lastly, Qatada cites AHa b. AbI Rabah (cf.
Comments Section, Recto, Lines 8, 10, and 12) and Sa'Id b. al-Musayyib (cf. Comments
Section, Recto, Lines 19 and 29) as authorities.
Recto, Lines 16, 20, and 23. "al-Easan": Abu Sa'Id b. AbI aI-Easan Yasar aI-
Ba~n (642-728 C.E.l21-110 A.H.), the prominent preacher during the Umayyad period,
69 Ibid. 70 Ibid. 7llbid. 72 Ibid. 73 Ibid. 74 Ch. Pellat, "Qatada b. Di'ama b. Qatada al-Sadusl, Abu al-Khattab," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.B. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-4014 (26 February 2008). The date of Qatada's death is contradictory in the sources (Ibid.). 75 Ibid.
27
was numbered among the Successor class. 7 6 al-Hasan transmitted from Samura b. Jundub
(cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16 (below)). Qatada b. Di'ama, a pupil of al-Hasan
and Sa'Id b. Abl 'Aruba, was a well-known transmitter of al-Hasan (cf. Comments
Section, Recto, Lines 15 and 16). Later hadith commentators did not consider al-Hasan
reliable because of his handling of isndds.77 According to H. Ritter: "Measured by later
standards, Hasan handled hadith in a very careless fashion. His own sayings were
circulated as hadiths, and he did not protest.. .Hence he is judged harshly by the critics of
the muhaddithun. Dhahabi designates him in the Mizan...&s kathir al-tadlis 'rich in
forgeries'. . . ." 7 8
Recto, Line 16. "<Samura>": Samura b. Jundub (d. 677-8 C.E./58-9 A.H.) hailed
from Basra. 7 9 Samura is said to have had good hadiths*0 Those who transmitted on his
authority include his son and Sulayman, al-Hasan al-Basri (cf. Comments Section, Recto,
— 81
Lines 16 and 17), Ibn Sinn (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16 (above)), et alia.
Recto, Line 16. &\ < < J > J - < - ^ J > : Reconstruction of standard phrase based on the
final wdw and lam.
Recto, Line 17. ^ requires I
Recto, Line 18. "(Yazld) b. Abl Habib": Cf. Comments Section for Ms
Or.P518R, Line 9 and Ms Or.P518V, Line 12, and Comments Section for Ms Or.P365R,
Line 1. Muhammad b. Ishaq (767 C.E./150 A.H.), the author of the famous STra, is said to
have studied under a certain Yazld b. Abl HabTb when Ibn Ishaq arrived in Alexandria in 7 6 Ib id . ; H. Ritter, "Hasan al-Basri, Abu Sa'Id b. Abl al-Hasan Yasar al-Basri (21/642-110/728)," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://ww.brilloruine.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_COM-0273 (26 February 2008). 7 7 Ibid. 78
79
81
Ibid. Dhahabi, vol. 1, 94. Ibid. Ibid.
27
was numbered among the Successor class.76 a1-ltasan transmitted from Samura b. Jundub
(cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16 (below)). Qatada b. Di'ama, a pupil of al-ltasan
and Sa'Id b. AbI 'ArUba, was a well-known transmitter of a1-ltasan (cf. Comments
Section, Recto, Lines 15 and 16). Later liad'ith commentators did not consider a1-ltasan
reliable because of his handling of isnads.77 According to H. Ritter: "Measured by later
standards, ltasan handled liad'ith in a very careless fashion. His own saYIngs were
circulated as liad'iths, and he did not protest ... Hence he is judged harshly by the critics of
the muliaddithun. DhahabI designates him in the M'izan .. . as kathlr al-tadlls 'rich in
forgeries' .... ,,78
Recto, Line 16. "<Samura>": Samura b. Jundub (d. 677-8 C.E.l58-9 A.H.) hailed
from Basra.79 Samura is said to have had good liad'iths.80 Those who transmitted on his
authority include his son and Sulayman, al-ltasan a1-Ba~rI (cf. Comments Section, Recto,
Lines 16 and 17), Ibn SIrln (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16 (above)), et aliaY
Recto, Line 16. .&\ <J> 3-<-"'" y: Reconstruction of standard phrase based on the
final waw and lam.
Recto, Line 17. ~ requires T.
Recto, Line 18. "(Yazld) b. AbI ltabTh": Cf. Comments Section for Ms
Or.P518R, Line 9 and Ms Or.P518V, Line 12, and Comments Section for Ms Or.P365R,
Line 1. Munammad b. Ishaq (767 c.E.l150 A.H.), the author of the famous S'ira, is said to
have studied under a certain Yazld b. AbI ltabTh when Ibn Ishaq arrived in Alexandria in
76 Ibid.; H. Ritter, "Hasan al-Ba~rl, AbU Sa'Id b. AbI aI-Hasan Yasar al-Ba~rl (21/642-110/728)," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nllsubscriber/entry?entry=islam _ COM-0273 (26 February 2008). 77 Ibid. 78 Ibid. 79 DhahabI, vol. 1,94. 80 Ibid. 8! Ibid.
28
737 C.E./119 A.H. 8 2 Under the entry for " c Abd Allah b. Lahla," Ibn Khallikan relates a
narrative from Ibn Lahl'a (cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Line 1), the incipit of which reads: "On
going to see Yazld b. Abl HabTb...."8 3 William McGuckin de Slane cites this Yazld b.
Abl Hablb as Abu Raja Yazld b. Abl Hablb Suwaid (d. 745 C.E./128 A . H . ) . 8 4 de Slane
notes that Yazld "studied the Traditions under a number of eminent masters and had al-
Laith Ibn Saad among his own pupils."8 5
Recto, Line 18.5. b. Khattab'": Perhaps 'Umar b. al-Khattab (d. 644 C.E./23
A.H.), the third of the Rashidun caliphs (cf Ms Or.P518R, Line 12, and Comments
Section for Ms Or.P365VlS, Line 11). 8 6
Recto, Line 19. "Ibn Shihab": Perhaps Ibn Shihab al-Zuhri (d. 742 C.E./124 A.H.).
on
al-Zuhn was among the most prominent Medinan Successors, jurists, and traditionists.
al-Zuhri transmitted on the authority of 'Atta b. Abl Rabah (cf. Comments Section,
Recto, Lines 8, 10, and 12) and Sa'Id b. al-Musayyib (cf. Comments Section, Recto,
Lines 19 and 29). Among those who cited al-Zuhri were Malik b. Anas (c.715-796
C.E./96-179 A.H.), Sufyan b. 'Uyana, and Sufyan al-Thawri (d. 778 C.E./161 A.H.) (cf.
Comments Section, Recto, Line 28) . 8 8 Ibn Khallikan relates that al-Zuhri met 'Amr b.
Dinar (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Lines 8, 10, and 12) while he was in Mecca.
8 2 J.M.B. Jones, "Ibn Ishaq, Muhammad b. Ishaq b. Yasar b. Khiyar (according to some sources, b. Khabbar, or Kuman, or Kutan)," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonlme.nysubscriber/entry?en1iy=islam_SIM-3222 (26 February 2008). 8 3 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 18. 8 4 Ibid., 19. 8 5 Ibid. 8 6 G. Levi DellaVida and Michael Bonner, '"Umar (I) b. al-Khattab," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry: : =islam_SIM-7707 (26 February 2008). 8 7 Op ci t , 581-583. According to Ibn Khallikan, other sources give al-Zuhri's date of death as 741 C.E./123 A.H. or 723 C.E./105 A.H. (Ibid., 583). 8 8 Ibid., 546 and 582; Susan A. Spectorsky, "Tabi'un (a.) (sing, tabi or tabiT )," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008,
28
737 c.E.l119 A.H.82 Under the entry for '''Abd Allah b. Lahla," Ibn Khallikan relates a
narrative from Ibn LahI'a (cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Line 1), the incipit of which reads: "On
going to see Yazld b. AbI HabIb .... ,,83 William McGuckin de Slane cites this Yazld b.
AbI HabIb as Abu Raja Yazld b. AbI HabIb Suwaid (d. 745 c.E.l128 A.H.).84 de Slane
notes that Yazld "studied the Traditions under a number of eminent masters and had al-
Laith Ibn Saad among his own pupils.,,85
Recto, Line 18.5. "b. Khatlab',,: Perhaps 'Umar b. al-Khattab (d. 644 c.E.l23
A.H.), the third of the Rashidun caliphs (cf. Ms Or.P518R, Line 12, and Comments
Section for Ms Or.P365VIS, Line 11).86
Recto, Line 19. "Ibn Shihab": Perhaps Ibn Shihab al-ZuhrI (d. 742 c.E.l124 A.H.).
al-ZuhrI was among the most prominent Medinan Successors, jurists, and traditionists.87
al-ZuhrI transmitted on the authority of 'AHa b. AbI Raban (cf. Comments Section,
Recto, Lines 8, 10, and 12) and Sa'Id b. al-Musayyib (cf. Comments Section, Recto,
Lines 19 and 29). Among those who cited al-ZuhrI were Malik b. Anas (c.715-796
c.E.l96-179 A.H.), Sufyan b. 'Uyana, and Sufyan al-ThawrI (d. 778 c.E.l161 A.H.) (cf.
Comments Section, Recto, Line 28).88 Ibn Khallikan relates that al-ZuhrI met 'Amr b.
Dinar (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Lines 8, 10, and 12) while he was in Mecca.89
82 J.M.B. Jones, "Ibn Ishaq, Muhammad b. Isnaq b. Yasar b. Khiyar (according to some sources, b. Khabbar, or Kurnan, or Kutan)," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nVsubscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-3222 (26 February 2008). 83 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 18. 84 Ibid., 19. 85 Ibid.
86 G. Levi DellaVida and Michael Bonner, '''Umar (I) b. al-Khattab," Encyclopaedia of [slam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nVsubscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-7707 (26 February 2008). 87 Op cit., 581-583. According to Ibn Khallikan, other sources give al-ZuhrI's date of death as 741 c.E.Il23 A.H. or 723 c.E.l105 A.H. (Ibid., 583). 88 Ibid., 546 and 582; Susan A. Spectorsky, "Tabi'un (a.) (sing. tabi or tiibiI )," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008,
29
Recto, Lines 19 and 29. "Sa'Id b. al-<Musayyib>": Abu Muhammad Sa'Id b. al-
Musayyib b. Hazn b. Abl Wahb b. 'Amr b. 'Aidh b. 'Imran b. Makhzum b. Yaqaza
(636/7-709/10 C.E./15/16-91 A.H.) was a Medinan traditionalist {'alum ahl al-madina)
who belonged to the class of Successors.9 0 Sa'Id was considered one of the seven great
jurists of Medina.9 1 Sa'Id studied under Sa'd b. Abl Wakkas (d. between 670 C.E./50 A.H.
and 677 C.E./58 A.H.) and Abu Hurayra (cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Line 11) whose daughter he
married. 9 2 Sa'Id saw 'Umar (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 18.5), and heard
'Uthman, 'AH (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 8), Zayd b. Thabit, Abu Miisa, 'Aisha
(cf. Comments Section, Recto, Lines 10 and 12), Ibn 'Abbas, Muhammad b. Maslama,
and Umm Salama.9 3 al-Zuhri (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 19) and Mak'hul both
considered Sa'Id to be the most competent jurist they had encountered.9 4 al-Zuhri and
Qatada (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16) transmitted hadith on the authority of
Sa'Id. 9 5
Recto, Line 19. < < i u > > <z±c>; The last word before the punctuation mark
is sana - since the waiting period of the mustahadah is one year, which is the topic this
section is addressing. There must be 'idda somewhere in the lacuna after al-Musayyib,
perhaps with a gala: 'l...s.b. al-Musayyib, gala: 'idda al-mustahadah sana."96
http://www.brillomine.nl/subscriber/entry?entry^ (26 February 2008). 8 9 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 546 and 582. 9 0 Ibid., vol. 1, 568-569. Ibn Khallikan also gives the dates between 709/10 C.E./91 A.H. through 713 C.E./95 A.H., and even 723 C.E./105 A.H., as alternative death dates for Sa'Id (Ibid.); Dhahabi gives the year 712 C.E./94 A.H.as the date of death (Dhahabi, vol. 1, 143). 9 1 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 1,569. 9 2 Ibid., 569 and 570. 9 3 Ibid., 569; Dhahabi, vol. 1, 143. 9 4 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 1,569. 9 5 Dhahabi, vol. 1, 143. 9 6 Mark Muehlhaeusler (Personal e-mail correspondence (26 December 2007)).
29
Recto, Lines 19 and 29. "Sa'Id b. al-<Musayyib>": Abu Muhammad Sa'Id b. al-
Musayyib b. Hazn b. AbI Wahb b. 'Arm b. 'Aidh b. 'Imran b. Makhzum b. Yaqaza
(636/7-709/10 c.E.llS/16-91 A.H.) was a Medinan traditionalist ('iilum ahl al-madfna)
who belonged to the class of Successors.90 Sa'Id was considered one of the seven great
jurists of Medina.91 Sa'Id studied under Sa'd b. AbI Wakkas (d. between 670 C.E.lSO A.H.
and 677 c.E.lS8 A.H.) and Abu Hurayra (cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Line 11) whose daughter he
married. 92 Sa'Id saw 'Umar (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 18.5), and heard
'Uthman, 'All (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 8), Zayd b. Thabit, Abu Musa, 'Aisha
(cf. Comments Section, Recto, Lines 10 and 12), Ibn 'Abbas, Muhammad b. Maslama,
and Umm Salama.93 al-Zuhrl (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 19) and Mak'hUl both
considered Sa'Id to be the most competent jurist they had encountered.94 al-ZuhrI and
Qatada (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 16) transmitted nadfth on the authority of
Sa'Id.95
Recto, Line 19. <A...i.....> ~6..:i....... <O~>: The last word before the punctuation mark
is sana - since the waiting period of the mustaniiaah is one year, which is the topic this
section is addressing. There must be 'idda somewhere in the lacuna after al-Musayyib,
perhaps with a qiila: " ... s.b. al-Musayyib, qiila: 'idda al-mustaniiaah sana.,,96
http://www.brillonline.nlIsubscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-7259 (26 February 2008). 89 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 546 and 582. 90 Ibid., vol. 1,568-569. Ibn Khallikan also gives the dates between 709110 c.E.l91 A.H. through 713 c.E.l95 A.H., and even 723 c.E.l105 A.H., as alternative death dates for Sa'Id (Ibid.); DhahabI gives the year 712 c.E.l94 A.H.as the date of death (DhahabI, vol. 1, 143). 91 Ibn Khalliki:in, vol. 1,569. 92 Ibid., 569 and 570. 93 Ibid., 569; DhahabI, vol. 1, 143. 94 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 1,569. 95 DhahabI, vol. 1,143. 96 Mark Muehlhaeusler (Personal e-mail correspondence (26 December 2007)).
30
Recto, Lines 19 and 27. Waiting period before remarrying or ablution after
completing menstrual cycle.
Recto, Line 20. "DTb": Perhaps Abu al-Harith Muhammad, surnamed Ibn Abl
Dlb/Dhib/Dhi'b/Zlb (700-775/6 C.E./80-159 A.H.), an eminent jurist and pupil of Malik.9 7
Ibn Khallikan relates the following anecdote regarding Ibn Abl DTb: "When Malik went
to Abu Ja'far al-Mansvir that khalif asked him what masters (in the science of
jurisprudence) he had left behind him at Medina, and he replied: 'Commander of the
faithful! Ibn Abl DTb, Ibn Abl Salama, and Ibn Abl Sabra. '" 9 8 The following account
with regard to Ibn Abl DTb is also preserved by Ibn Khallikan: "...Ibn Wahb...relates
that he heard these words proclaimed by a public crier in Medina: 'Let no person act as
mufti to the people except Malik Ibn Anas and Ibn Abl ZTb.'"9 9 Ibn Abl DTb heard
traditions from 'Ekrima (cf Comments Section for Ms Or.P365RrS, Lines 2 and 3),
Shurhbll b. Sa'd, Sa'Id al-Maqrubi, and Nafa' al- 'Umari. 1 0 0 Those who transmitted from
Ibn Abl DTb include Ibn Mabarak, Abu Nu'Im, WakI ' , 1 0 1 et alia.102
Recto, Line 21. \ O < ^ > J: "Three" directly above the punctuation mark (O) in
the marginalia.
Recto, Lines 21, 22, and 25. Read: "you" or "she."
Recto, Lines 24 and 25. U&l: Translated as "reading." This term may in fact read
"qara" "Qara" is defined by the Ja'fari, Malik!, and Shafi'I legal schools as "free from
Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2 ,589. Ibid. Ibid., 546.
} Dhahabi, vol. 1, 252. 1 Perhaps the famous Kufan traditionist, WakI' b. al-Jarrah (d. 812/197) (Spectorsky, n.p.).
30
Recto, Lines 19 and 27. ;;~: Waiting period before remarrying or ablution after
completing menstrual cycle.
Recto, Line 20. "DTh": Perhaps Abu al-I=Iarith Muhammad, surnamed Ibn AbI
DThIDhThIDhi'b/ZTh (700-775/6 c.E./80-159 A.H.), an eminent jurist and pupil of Malik.97
Ibn Khallikan relates the following anecdote regarding Ibn AbI DTh: "When Malik went
to Abu Ja'far aI-Mansur that khalif asked him what masters (in the science of
jurisprudence) he had left behind him at MedIna, and he replied: 'Commander of the
faithful! Ibn AbI DTh, Ibn AbI Salama, and Ibn AbI Sabra. ",98 The following account
with regard to Ibn AbI DTh is also preserved by Ibn Khallikan: " ... Ibn Wahb ... relates
that he heard these words proclaimed by a public crier in MedIna: 'Let no person act as
mufti to the people except Malik Ibn Anas and Ibn AbI ZTh. ",99 Ibn AbI DTh heard
traditions from 'Ikrima (cf. Comments Section for Ms 0r.P365RrS, Lines 2 and 3),
ShurhbTI b. Sa'd, Sa'Id al-MaqrubI, and Niifa' al-'Umarl.lOO Those who transmitted from
Ibn AbIDTh include Ibn Mabarak, Abu Nu'Im, WakI',IOI et alia.102
Recto, Line 21. f 0' <~> J: "Three" directly above the punctuation mark (0) in
the marginalia.
Recto, Lines 21, 22, and 25. Read: "you" or "she."
Recto, Lines 24 and 25. 1.)1: Translated as "reading." This term may in fact read
"qara." "Qara" is defined by the Ja'farI, MalikI, and Shafi'I legal schools as "free from
97 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 589. 98 Ibid. 99 Ibid., 546. 100 Dhahabl, vol. 1, 252. 101 Perhaps the famous Kllfan traditionist, Wak"i' b. al-Jarran (d. 812/197) (Spectorsky, n.p.). 102 Ibid.
31
menstrual cycle"; whereas the HanarT and HanbalT schools define qara as
"menstruation."1 0 3
Recto, Line 28. "Yahya b. Sa'Id al-[...]": Perhaps the qadi Abti Sa'Id Yahya b.
Sa'Id al-Ansari (d. 760/1 C.E./143 A . H . ) . 1 0 4 Yahya b. Sa'Id instructed Malik b. Anas
(c.715-796 C.E./96-179 A.H.) in the traditions. 1 0 5 In addition to Malik, those who
transmitted from Yahya b. Sa'Id include Abu Hanlfa, Sufyan b. 'Uyana, and Sufyan al-
Thawri (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 19) . 1 0 6 Yahya b. Sa'Id was a contemporary
of Humayd b. al-TawIl (cf. Comments Section for Ms O.P365V1S, Line 11).
Recto, Line 30. W ^ - J * : Cf. the Qur'an: "And (remember) her who guarded her
chastity: We breathed into her of Our Spirit, and We Made her and her son A Sign for all
peoples" (21:91). 1 0 7 The reference is to the Virgin Mary. 1 0 8
Verso, Line 1. Multispectral Imaging (MSI) or an infrared digital image might
assist in the reading of this lemma.
103 Bakhtiar, 520 and 522. Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 549.
0 5 Ibid., 545. 106 Ibid. 1 0 7 'Abdullah Yiisuf 'AH, The Meaning of the Holy Qur'an, 10 t h ed. (Maryland: Amana Publications, 1999), 815. 1 0 8 Ibid., 815, m. 2748; Muhammad M. Pickthall, The Glorious Qur'an (New York: Tahrike Tarsile Qur'an Inc., 1992), 334, fn. 3.
31
menstrual cycle"; whereas the Hanafi and Hanball schools define qara as
"menstruation." 1 03
Recto, Line 28. "Yahya b. Sa'Id al-[ ... ]": Perhaps the qiidf Abu Sa'Id Yahya b.
Sa'Id al-An~arI (d. 760/1 c.E.l143 A.H.).104 Yahya b. Sa'Id instructed Malik b. Anas
(c.715-796 c.E.l96-179 A.H.) in the traditions. 105 In addition to Malik, those who
transmitted from Yahya b. Sa'Id include Abu Hanlfa, Sufyan b. 'Uyana, and Sufyan al-
ThawrI (cf. Comments Section, Recto, Line 19).106 Yahya b. Sa'Id was a contemporary
of Humayd b. al-'fawTI (cf. Comments Section for Ms Or.P365VIS, Line 11).
Recto, Line 30. 4-;-...): Cf. the Qur'an: "And (remember) her who guarded her
chastity: We breathed into her of Our Spirit, and We Made her and her son A Sign for all
peoples" (21 :91).107 The reference is to the Virgin Mary. 108
Verso, Line 1. Multispectral Imaging (MSI) or an infrared digital image might
assist in the reading of this lemma.
103 Bakhtiar, 520 and 522. 104 Ibn Khallikiin, vol. 2,549. !O5 Ibid., 545. 106 Ibid.
107 'Abdullah Yusuf 'All, The Meaning of the Holy Qur 'an, 10th ed. (Maryland: Amana Publications, 1999), 815. 108 Ibid., 815, fn. 2748; Muhammad M. Pickthall, The Glorious Qur'an (New York: Tahrike Tarsile Qur'an Inc., 1992),334, fn. 3.
DOCUMENT 2: MS OR.P205
Identification
Date: Second half of the second/eighth century.1 0 9
Ms Or.P205 is important as it represents a proto-fiqh text, containing an
admixture of hadith and fiqh proper. The contents address the prayer protocol. Lola
Atiya questions whether this text is a forgery, 1 1 0 perhaps because of the inordinate
number of diacritical and short vowel markings, in addition to the fact that the text seems
to continue on from one line at the bottom of the text to the other side even though the
text that would contain the necessary transition is destroyed.
The long-held notion that the most ancient texts are devoid of diacritical marks
has been demonstrated to be in error. 1 1 1 The issue of the supposed continuity of the text
from one side to the other is also misleading as the text is a protocol for prayer, and the
missing portion containing a rak 'a cycle is absent along with the corresponding section
119
of the destroyed text. The archaic features of the script and the fact that the ink
continues to cling to the fiber where the text is ripped at the bottom of the papyrus
Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). Cf. Malczycki, 148. 1 1 0 cf. Lola Atiya, "Arabic Papyrus and Paper Collection," n.p. 1 1 1 Grohmann, World, 82. "Although it was believed for a certain time according to the statements made by Arab writers, that the invention of the so-called diacritical dots did not take place before the second half of the first Century of the Higra - Yahya ibn Ya'mar (d. before 90 A.H., 709 A.D.) is credited therewith during the reign of the Caliph 'Abd al-Malik b. Marwan (d. 86 A.H., 705 A.D.) - it is a fact that already the oldest papyrus-document dated 22 A.H. (643 A.D.), PERF No. 558, shows diacritical dots above the letters C J j and u . . ." (Ibid.). 1 1 2 Hanan Ahmad is credited with this observation.
DOCUMENT 2: MS OR.P205
Identification
Date: Second half of the second/eighth century.109
Ms Or.P205 is important as it represents a proto-fiqh text, containing an
admixture of liadfth and fiqh proper. The contents address the prayer protocol. Lola
Atiya questions whether this text is a forgery, 110 perhaps because of the inordinate
number of diacritical and short vowel markings, in addition to the fact that the text seems
to continue on from one line at the bottom of the text to the other side even though the
text that would contain the necessary transition is destroyed.
The long-held notion that the most ancient texts are devoid of diacritical marks
has been demonstrated to be in error. l1l The issue of the supposed continuity of the text
from one side to the other is also misleading as the text is a protocol for prayer, and the
missing portion containing a rak 'a cycle is absent along with the corresponding section
of the destroyed text. 112 The archaic features of the script and the fact that the ink
continues to cling to the fiber where the text is ripped at the bottom of the papyrus
\09 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence(12February2008)).Cf. Malczycki, 148. 110 cf. Lola Atiya, "Arabic Papyrus and Paper Collection," n.p. III Grolnnann, World, 82. "Although it was believed for a certain time according to the statements made by Arab writers, that the invention of the so-called diacritical dots did not take place before the second half of the first Century of the Higra - Yanya ibn Ya'mar (d. before 90 A.H., 709 A.D.) is credited therewith during the reign of the Caliph 'Abd aI-Malik b. Marwan (d. 86 A.H., 705 A.D.) - it is a fact that already the oldest papyrus-document dated 22 A.H. (643 A.D.), PERF No. 558, shows diacritical dots above the letters t j j tY and LJ ••. " (Ibid.). 112 Hanan Alnnad is credited with this observation.
33
indicate that this text is not a fake. This claim can be verified or falsified by means of
radiocarbon dating (otherwise known as Carbon-14 or C-14 testing).
Physical Description
Strong quality brown papyrus 12 x 26 cm. Black ink. The beginning of the text
starts on the Verso (A) and continues on the Recto (B). The portion transitioning from
the Verso to the Recto is no longer extant.
Recto: Recto yields 9 lines. Upper margin intact. In good condition.
Verso: Reconstruction of Verso yields 11 lines. Margins: Upper end and side margins
are negligible. In good condition.
Script
A number of diacritical marks are evidenced, i.e., dotted ^ , c> \ X o*,
o^, i3, u, and LS. Fa' is marked by one dot under the grapheme and qa' is identified
by one dot above the grapheme. The backwinding final yd' is a distinct characteristic of
the text. In lieu of the alif maqsiira, yd' is employed (cf. Verso, Line 3: for No
distinction is made between the td 'marbuta and the non-emphatic ha' in terms of dotting
(cf. Verso, Line 4 for an undotted td'marbuta). Wudu (cf. Verso, Line 2) is spelled
without the final hamza. Adolf Grohmann notes that "[t]he hamza is, as a rule,
completely neglected,"1 1 3 as the hamza is a development of the third/ninth century. 1 1 4
Op cit., 95. Malczycki, 153.
33
indicate that this text is not a fake. This claim can be verified or falsified by means of
radiocarbon dating (otherwise known as Carbon-14 or C-14 testing).
Physical Description
Strong quality brown papyrus 12 x 26 cm. Black ink. The beginning of the text
starts on the Verso (A) and continues on the Recto (B). The portion transitioning from
the Verso to the Recto is no longer extant.
Recto: Recto yields 9 lines. Upper margin intact. In good condition.
Verso: Reconstruction of Verso yields 11 lines. Margins: Upper end and side margins
are negligible. In good condition.
A number of diacritical marks are evidenced, i.e., dotted Y, w, G, ~, t, ~, j, cY,
tY=>, t, w, ", 0, and r.;. Fa' is marked by one dot under the grapheme and qa' is identified
by one dot above the grapheme. The backwinding final ya' is a distinct characteristic of
the text. In lieu of the alif maq§iira, ya' is employed (cf. Verso, Line 3: ~ for ~). No
distinction is made between the ta'marbiita and the non-emphatic ha' in terms of dotting
(cf. Verso, Line 4 for an undotted ta 'marbiita). Wuau (cf. Verso, Line 2) is spelled
without the final hamza. Adolf Grohmann notes that "[t]he hamza is, as a rule,
completely neglected,,,113 as the hamza is a development of the third/ninth century.1l4
113 Op cit., 95. 114 Malczycki, 153.
34
The date of the second half of the second/eighth century is based on the shape of the dal
without a backbending top and the 'aynlghayn that is not very triangular.1 1 5
The alif of prolongation is utilized as opposed to the use of the dagger alif (cf.
Recto, Line 6 and Verso, Line 8 ) . 1 1 6 In other cases, the alif of prolongation as well as the
dagger alif are omitted altogether (cf. Verso, Line 7, Read: Jl; and cf. Verso, Line 8,
Read: u-(-^«-)-^)- Short vowel diacritic dhamma (*) is present in the text, cf. Verso, Line
2.
Verso, Line 3, employs letter extensions. Grohmann remarks that the extension
of final forms of letters, known as dilatabiles, is permitted only at the end of a line in
characteristically finely executed calligraphy. 1 1 7 The dilatabiles are particularly
employed with the \ <_K», O^, -K ^, and <4 1 1 8 In the case of this papyrus, the & is the
dilatabile. The dilatabiles are utilized in order to fill space when there is either barely
enough space for another word, let alone for two . 1 1 9 Abbott notes that the dilatabiles
serve to provide emphasis to the sentence.1 2 0 The extensions in the form of a long stroke,
known as kashTdah or mashq also serve an aesthetic function.1 2 1
Verso, Line 9, has a blot out by the scribe. Hyphenation of words is also manifest
in this papyrus (cf. Recto, Lines 3 and 4; Verso, Lines 9 and 10). Generally, a given
word concludes a line, but exceptions in the form of hyphenation are attested to as early
as the first/seventh century in the Qurra-papyri (709-714 C.E./90-96 A.H.), and in a legal
1 5 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). 1 6 For this archaic orthographical feature, cf. Grohmann, World, 88. 1 7 Ibid., 80. 1 8 Ibid. 1 9 Ibid. 2 0 Abbott, Studies, vol. 1, 61. 2 1 Adam Gacek, The Arabic Manuscript Tradition: A Glossary of Technical Terms and Bibliography
(Leiden: Brill, 2001), 125. Grohmann, World, 80.
34
The date of the second half of the second/eighth century is based on the shape of the ilal
without a backbending top and the 'ayn/ghayn that is not very triangular. 1 15
The alif of prolongation is utilized as opposed to the use of the dagger alif (cf.
Recto, Line 6 and Verso, Line 8).116 In other cases, the alif of prolongation as well as the
dagger alifare omitted altogether (cf. Verso, Line 7, Read: w'~I; and cf. Verso, Line 8,
Read: 0-(~)-WI). Short vowel diacritic dhamma (') is present in the text, cf. Verso, Line
2.
Verso, Line 3, employs letter extensions. Grohmann remarks that the extension
of final forms of letters, known as dilata biles , is permitted only at the end of a line in
characteristically finely executed calligraphy. 117 The dilatabiles are particularly
employed with the ~, L>-"", ~, .1., .1:., and -cl. I18 In the case of this papyrus, the w is the
dilatabile. The dilatabiles are utilized in order to fill space when there is either barely
enough space for another word, let alone for two. I19 Abbott notes that the dilatabiles
serve to provide emphasis to the sentence. 120 The extensions in the form of a long stroke,
known as kashfdah or mashq also serve an resthetic function. 121
Verso, Line 9, has a blot out by the scribe. Hyphenation of words is also manifest
in this papyrus (cf. Recto, Lines 3 and 4; Verso, Lines 9 and 10). Generally, a given
word concludes a line, but exceptions in the form of hyphenation are attested to as early
as the first/seventh century in the Qurra-papyri (709-714 c.E./90-96 A.H.), and in a legal
115 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). 116 For this archaic orthographical feature, cf. Grohmann, World,88. 117 Ibid., 80. 118 Ibid. 119 Ibid. 120 Abbott, Studies, vol. 1,61. 121 Adam Gacek, The Arabic Manuscript Tradition: A Glossary of Technical Terms and Bibliography (Leiden: Brill, 2001),125. Grohmann, World, 80.
3 5
text dated 7 0 7 C.E. /88 A . H . 1 2 2 The most striking example is that of the basmala,123 which
reads:
Lastly, the spelling of Qur'an with a waw (ubj 1) is especially conspicuous (cf. Verso,
Line 9 ) .
Text: Recto
I (JjS AjuU^al ^ J j o l j A_lu£J ^gic- A_|_L|_ji£ ( J » > j j A-uilj £3JJ ^3 1
Ijli I JlA ( _ s ic IgK ajLuall (Jj-aJ A-al$j| aJfljj AJjsII 2
(j-a ^ J S J tjj*. A . ASUJ V j Uii Aja (j^u< J ->-J V j .ig u2a (ji l*£jil ^ 3
(tliL)_K ( l ) j ^ t-ukll <jl i'ijiii U Jia <ci i&>ja lila ^ j < l g J i > 4
[. . .] I3 f l* 6
[ . . . ] 7 [.,.] < i i l J j ^ j 1^02^ j i i l V l > <il ( V I ) - ( -^1) ( j ^ < J > L - a J I ^ 8
[...] 9
Text: Verso
j J j £ - [ - ] J I l $ - a J ^ j i J gjluull I g U j L^k t$ jx jA j j u a j l l (jjuia. ^ ^ L - a l l ^ 2 d i j . | _ i | _ i i i i j Ujii (ji &jL*aii ^ i ais li i ^luu> j £ c_?ic. 3
(Jjl ( j j^J >J <&l AJA j (jx ^jjuaaJIj ^ j ^ l l j j£__)llj j£__ SI 4
JJ£I jA ^1 Jjlia Aaill (jl jJfr (j-o Ajj£ia lis*. AJAJ (^il j ) jA j jL ( j ^ (JjL La 5
(>)Jaa ( Ml ( ^ j j t*l JJ& Ail c*l.L(_^.)<j> <C5iU_>Jj 4 j ( ^ l ) < jLuJ H T ^ ) 1 '^J'" 6
j (_gl <aj < ( _ 5 _ > _ £ j l u J j ( gj L-a (jl (jj£^) uiaII (j-a Lil Laj Laluba liil^. (_><ajVlj ill_jaui1I 7
t_(_jl)_ij (JIaIuiaII (j-a ( j j^ l jl j ( I j j a I lilll Aj tiL^i V (j-(-La.)-Uil C - J j ( _ ? _<lJ>La -a 8
< I > 1 « » _ ^ AJAJ ^alJ J A J JJ£ ( I ) <<&l J>la AJIJi <y> ja IJla (jljjail (JjAJLa 9 Au&j U? [- ] ^Ij A_uilj c U ( l ) [...] ( ^ ) < > > ^ J [ . - . ] (A_)^il jl (jjL)_^ JJC. (j>a AajiL» I 1 0
[ - ] ^ [ - ] H
1 1 1 Grohmann, World, 90. 1 2 3 Ibid.
35
text dated 707 c.E./88 A.H.122 The most striking example is that of the basmala,123 which
reads:
)I.ilil~
f':P')1 ~
Lastly, the spelling of Qur'iin with a wiiw (uIJYlI) is especially conspicuous (cf. Verso,
Line 9).
Text: Recto
Text: Verso
f':P')1 ~)I.ilil ~ 1 ~[-]JI ~~J ~I ~ ~ 4.10 y, ..,...;:.)1 ~ o)U1 0<> 2
w>{ ... l-}-...iilIJ bt!.ili f'~ ul o.,t...J1 ~I f't! I~I ~ JS ~ 3 JJI u~ ~.ilil~.) 0<> t~IJ t~IJ tfi)IJ tfi)1 4
..r.&1 y, .ilil J.# ~~I ul ')J~..>P 0<> ~ Ih"'-:l~ (t9I.)) y,J r~ ~ J~ ~ 5 (.J-)-.b3 t,?:ill ~J ~J~..>P .ul ':IJ ~.l.(~)<y <~k...>...:iJ ~(\""""I) ~.)4iJ r(~)1 ~ 6
J t,?~J <~...s....uJ~)\......:, ul L>,!Sy;...JI 0<> wi ~J L.J........ ~ ~.)':IIJ w~1 7 c:-(..:u.~ ~ ~I 0<> ufil UIJ wyl .illl~.u 4..;::. ':I 0-(~)-h.l1 y.).ili t,?<...:i>~ 8
<I>~(o~"'-:l~ t91.) y,J ..r.&(I) <.ilil J>t! .(il..ft 0<> t..fo I~l! UIJYlI (J>~ 9 ~J ~ [-----] rlJ'I.· .. ,·I.)J...a(I) [ ... ] (t)<Y~.) [---] e,-~~I ul OJl}-?-:i..>p 0<>~ 110
[ ... ]~ [ ... ] 11
122 Grohmann, World, 90. 123 Ibid.
36
Translation: Recto
1 Then one raises one's head and places one's palm of the hands on one's knees, then stretch one's index finger in the direction of
2 the Qibla and lay one's thumb on the side, then perform the whole prayer in this position and when you sit
3 in the two rak'as, then you recite the tashahhud and do not add to it or omit from it until the shahada is done
4 and when done say whatever \you want\ for the Good Word is great. (I advised) 5 Ibn Mas'tid to say in his shahada: In the name of God and he said the (Good)
Word 6 in this way [...] 7 [...] 8 God's <righteous slaves.> (I witness that there is no) god <but God and that
Muhammad is the Messenger of God> 9 [...]
Translation: Verso
1 In the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful. 2 In order to perform the prayer properly, one needs to perform the wudu properly.
The taslim makes it \i.e., theprayer\hallal or haram [...] 3 It is incumbent on all Muslims if one goes to the prayer that one stand \before\
God humbly. And humble 4 rak 'as and rak 'as and humbleness and humbleness from the fear of God then the
first thing 5 to be said when one stands (raising) one's hands parallel to one's shoulders
without one's hands being next to one's ears so one says God is Great 6 You (are exalted) and great are (Your names) and <most high.> You are <one>
and there is no god except You. I turned my face to Whom (created) 7 the heavens and the earth \for\ the HanTf\arid\ Muslim and I am not of the
disbelievers verily my prayer and <my> piety and my life and 8 my <death> belong to God the lord of (the two worlds) and there is no partner to
Him, this I am commanded and that I am one among the Muslims, then (one starts)
9 (reciting) the Qur'an. Once one is done with the recitation, <one says God is> (Great) and one stands raising one's hands <parallel>
10 to one's shoulders without one's hands (being next to one's) ears [...] <rak'as> [...] one's head and not [...] with the palm of one's hands
11 [...] (Figure 3 and Figure 4)
Translation: Recto
1 Then one raises one's head and places one's palm ofthe hands on one's knees, then stretch one's index finger in the direction of
36
2 the Qibla and lay one's thumb on the side, then perform the whole prayer in this position and when you sit
3 in the two rak 'as, then you recite the tashahhud and do not add to it or omit from it until the shahiida is done
4 and when done say whatever \you want\ for the Good Word is great. (I advised) 5 Ibn Mas'ud to say in his shahiida: In the name of God and he said the (Good)
Word 6 in this way [ ... ] 7 [ ... ] 8 God's <righteous slaves.> (I witness that there is no) god <but God and that
Muhannnad is the Messenger of God> 9 [ ... ]
Translation: Verso
1 In the name of Allah, the Beneficent, the Merciful. 2 In order to perform the prayer properly, one needs to perform the wuaii properly.
The taslfm makes it \i.e., the prayer\ lialliil or liariim [ ... ] 3 It is incumbent on all Muslims if one goes to the prayer that one stand \before\
God humbly. And humble 4 rak'as and rak'as and humbleness and humbleness from the fear of God then the
first thing 5 to be said when one stands (raising) one's hands parallel to one's shoulders
without one's hands being next to one's ears so one says God is Great 6 You (are exalted) and great are (Your names) and <most high.> You are <one>
and there is no god except You. I turned my face to Whom (created) 7 the heavens and the earth \for\ the Hanif\and\ Muslim and I am not of the
disbelievers verily my prayer and <my> piety and my life and 8 my <death> belong to God the lord of (the two worlds) and there is no partner to
Him, this I am connnanded and that I am one among the Muslims, then (one starts)
9 (reciting) the Qur' an. Once one is done with the recitation, <one says God is> (Great) and one stands raising one's hands <parallel>
10 to one's shoulders without one's hands (being next to one's) ears [ ... ] <rak'as> [ ... ] one's head and not [ ... ] with the palm of one's hands
11 [ ... ] (Figure 3 and Figure 4)
Figure 3. Ms Or.P205R Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure 3. Ms Or.P205R Rare Books Division Special Collections
1. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
37
38
Figure 4. Ms Or.P205V Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure 4. Ms Or.P205V Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
38
3 9
Comments
Recto, Line 1. ^-{- i -}-^: Read: T h e / a ' is a dittograph. This word is spelled
correctly on Verso, Line 10. Malczycki reads: < ^ . 1 2 4
Recto, Line 1. At the end of the line there is an extra alif written perhaps from the
article of al-Qibla on the following line.
Recto, Line 2. »jk-oll: §alah is spelled with a wdw. Since no distinction is made
between the td 'marbuta and the non-emphatic ha' in terms of dotting, it is uncertain
whether §alah is spelled with the former or the latter. The spelling of §aldh with a wdw
and with a ha' are both characteristic of Middle A r a b i c . 1 2 5 Cf. Verso, Line 2 , where
§aldh is spelled with an alif ( o ^ - a l l ) , but in the following line of the same side, the
spelling reverts back to the wdw ( a j L - a l l ) . This cannot be a result of grammatical case
inflection because both nouns are preceded by prepositions (Line 2 , min; Line 3 , ila).
Recto, Line 2. Qibla: " [0]r ientat ion towards the Kabah for prescribed prayer."
Recto, Lines 2 and 3. AJM; Protasis and apodosis of a conditional sentence.
Recto, Line 3. Rak'a: "[C]ycle of prescribed prayer."
Recto, Line 3. c A K ^ - J ^j: The zayn seems to be spelled with a wdw. Malczycki
reads: UAJ_H ^ J . 1 2 8 In the semantic context of the following word coordinated by wdw
(i.e., "or omit from it"), the reading of zayn is probable, thus rendering the meaning
accordingly as "do not add \to it\." On the other hand, the reading of zayn as wdw (i.e.,
1 2 4 Malczycki, 150. 1 2 5 Ibid., 158. Cf. Simon Hopkins, Studies in Early Arabic Grammar Based Upon Papyri Datable to Before 300 A.H./912 A.D. (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1984), 16. 1 2 6 Bakhtiar, 602. 1 2 7 Ibid. 1 2 8 Malczycki, 150.
39
Comments
Recto, Line 1. <I...{-q~: Read: ~. The fa' is a dittograph. This word is spelled
correctly on Verso, Line 10. Malczycki reads: ~.124
Recto, Line 1. At the end ofthe line there is an extra alifwritten perhaps from the
article of al-Qibla on the following line.
Recto, Line 2. o)...a.ll: Salah is spelled with a waw. Since no distinction is made
between the ta'marbiita and the non-emphatic ha' in terms of dotting, it is uncertain
whether Salah is spelled with the former or the latter. The spelling of Salah with a waw
and with a ha' are both characteristic of Middle Arabic. 125 Cf. Verso, Line 2, where
$aliih is spelled with an alif (o)l...::JI), but in the following line of the same side, the
spelling reverts back to the waw (o)...a.ll). This cannot be a result of grammatical case
inflection because both nouns are preceded by prepositions (Line 2, min; Line 3, ila).
Recto, Line 2. Qibla: "[O]rientation towards the Kabah for prescribed prayer.,,126
Recto, Lines 2 and 3. ...! .. .I~\j: Protasis and apodosis of a conditional sentence.
Recto, Line 3. Rak'a: "[C]ycle of prescribed prayer." 127
Recto, Line 3. 0¥j.>....:i ~J: The zayn seems to be spelled with a waw. Malczycki
reads: 0~.".:i ~J.128 In the semantic context of the following word coordinated by waw
(i.e., "or omit from it"), the reading of zayn is probable, thus rendering the meaning
accordingly as "do not add \to it\." On the other hand, the reading of zayn as waw (i.e.,
124 Malczycki, 150. 125 Ibid., 158. Cf. Simon Hopkins, Studies in Early Arabic Grammar Based Upon Papyri Datable to Before 300 A.H./912 A.D. (Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1984),16. 126 Bakhtiar, 602. 127 Ibid. 128 Malczycki, 150.
40
u ^ _ H Vj) translates as "and do not genuflect at all ." In light of these considerations, the
zayn in this case might represent a cacograph.
Recto, Line 3. W : Read: or tp. Grohmann also cites as peculiar writing
preserved in the p a p y r i . 1 2 9
• 130
Recto, Line 3. Tashahhud: "[Sjitting back on knees and bearing witness ."
Recto, Line 3. Shahada: "[Bjearing witness of the Oneness of God and the
prophethood of M u h a m m a d . " 1 3 1
Recto, Line 3. 0-: Negative emphatic.
Recto, Line 4. <Ci&>ja : Malczycki reads: ^ ^ j - ^ - } - - a.
Recto, Line 4. (ci-)J£ Malczycki reads: (u1^) J ^ . 1 3 3
Recto, Line 5. J j^a M ^ L < J > : Malczycki reads: 6jk <^ {t J } . 1 3 4
Recto, Line 6. I&U; Malczycki reads: u ] 1 ^ . 1 3 5
Recto, Lines 6, 7, 8, and 9: The text following in Line 6 can be reconstructed
as it is probable that the text is that of the Tashahhud.136 This is confirmed by the
overlapping of the words ^ VI j^-<J>L-ail M in Line 8 with the text of the
Tashahhud. There are two versions of the Tashahhud, the minimal and the optimal. The
minimal Tashahhud reads as follows:
2 9 Grohmann, World, 88. 3 0 Bakhtiar , 605. 3 1 Ibid., 604. 3 2 Malczycki, 150. 3 3 Ibid. 3 4 Ibid. 3 5 Ibid.
Hanan Ahmad is credited with the identification and reconstruction of the Tashahhud.
40
0~..,..:i 'iJ) translates as "and do not genuflect at all." In light of these considerations, the
zayn in this case might represent a cacograph.
Recto, Line 3. y..=.: Read: ~ or ~. Grohmann also cites tSL:;. as peculiar writing
preserved in the papyri.129
Recto, Line 3. Tashahhud: "[S]itting back on knees and bearing witness." 130
Recto, Line 3 .. Shahada: "[B]earing witness of the Oneness of God and the
prophethood of Muhammad." 13l
Recto, Line 3. u.: Negative emphatic.
Recto, Line 4. <~>.): Ma1czycki reads: w.....{-+}- ~.132
Recto, Line 4. (Wi.)J$ (\)~: Ma1czycki reads: (0\.5.) ...>JiS..133
Recto, Line 5. J#..&\ f"""l<-:>: Malczycki reads: J~ <\.JlI ~ {I J} .134
Recto, Line 6. \.:t;1..A.: Ma1czycki reads: 0]1 ~\j.135
Recto, Lines 6, 7, 8, and 9: The text following \.:t;1..A. in Line 6 can be reconstructed
as it is probable that the text is that of the Tashahhud. 136 This is confirmed by the
overlapping of the words 4.1\ 'i\ +(~)\ ~<J>WI"&\ in Line 8 with the text of the
Tashahhud. There are two versions of the Tashahhud, the minimal and the optimal. The
minimal Tashahhud reads as follows:
129 Grohmann, World, 88. 130 Bakhtiar, 605. \31 Ibid., 604. \32 Malczycki, 150. 133 Ibid. 134 Ibid. 135 Ibid. 136 Hanan Ahmad is credited with the identification and reconstruction ofthe Tashahhud.
41
SQ]j 'M ill Al\ V [jt ^- '^ cjj^j^^l &\ J^lo j Ujlc ^ AJISJJJ ill < ^ k j j ^jlll L$jt tSlJlc ^ X A I AIS tAjaall"
1 3 7 . " ^ L D J ^ > J T^xaJa
The optimal Tashahhud reads as follows:
ill ( ^ J T j l i l t pllull AlSjJj ill A^kj j J-JJII Ifcjt iiSjl& J^LLILL <ll Lit nV>\l ilil H^U CJI£JLJ1]I ililjAjll"
1 3 8 . " i i l [}jlu'j f.&ki y i^ilj ftl tfl *]) V of S^t o^JllaSI
Given the average number of words per sentence on the Recto, it seems more probable
that the reconstructed text would approximate the optimal Tashahhud since it is of greater
length.
Recto, Line 8. " G o d ' s <righteous s l aves>" : C f the text of the Tashahhud for
reconstruction (above). "The minimal Testification of Faith (Tashahhud) is to say:
'Greet ing to Allah. Peace be upon you, O Prophet, and the mercy of Allah and His
blessings. Peace b e upon us and upon Allah's righteous slaves. I testify there is no god
except Allah, and that Muhammad is the Messenger of A l l a h . ' " 1 3 9
Recto, Line 8. Contraction. Read: Ufl = ¥+<J.
Recto, Line 8. ^ (VI): Malczycki reads: < U l V { l j } . 1 4 0
Recto, Line 8. <M <j_> j j l j M Vl>: Reconstructed standard phrase. See
above for further comments on the reconstruction of the text.
Verso, Line 2. Wudu "[S]horter ab lu t ion ." 1 4 1 The word wudu marks the
end of the clause. Wudu is spelled without the final hamza; the hamza being a
development of the third/ninth cen tu ry . 1 4 2
1 3 7 Ahmad b. Naqib al-Misri, Reliance of the Traveller: A Classic Manual of Islamic Sacred Law ['Umdat al-salikj, ed. and trans. Nuh Ha Mim Keller (Evanston, Illinois: Sunna Books, 1991), 143. 1 3 8 Ibid. 1 3 9 Ibid. Emphasis added. 1 4 0 Malczycki, 150. 1 4 1 Bakhtiar, 607. 1 4 2 O p c i t , 153.
The optimal Tashahhud reads as follows:
41
137 " • \ ' t ' - 1· - , . ~ U.J-"'.J ..l.=...4
Given the average number of words per sentence on the Recto, it seems more probable
that the reconstructed text would approximate the optimal Tashahhud since it is of greater
length.
Recto, Line 8. "God's <righteous slaves.>": Cf. the text of the Tashahhud for
reconstruction (above). "The minimal Testification of Faith (Tashahhud) is to say:
'Greeting to Allah. Peace be upon you, 0 Prophet, and the mercy of Allah and His
blessings. Peace be upon us and upon Allah's righteous slaves. I testify there is no god
except Allah, and that Muhammad is the Messenger of Allah.",139
Recto, Line 8. Contraction. Read: IJ\ = ~+01.
Recto, Line 8 . .u\ (~I): Ma1czycki reads: <Lll ~ {I J}.140
Recto, Line 8. <.&\ J.J-"'.J 1..l.=...4 UIJ '&1 ~I>: Reconstructed standard phrase. See
above for further comments on the reconstruction of the text.
Verso, Line 2. Wuau (y..:o)I): "[S]horter ablution.,,141 The word wuau marks the
end of the clause. Wuau is spelled without the final hamza; the hamza being a
development of the third/ninth century. 142
137 Ahmad b. Naqib a1-Misri, Reliance afthe Traveller: A Classic Manual afIslamic Sacred Law [,Umdat al-siilikJ, ed. and trans. Nuh Ha Mim Keller (Evanston, Illinois: Sunna Books, 1991), 143. 138 Ibid. 139 Ibid. Emphasis added. 140 Malczycki, 150. 141 Bakhtiar, 607. 142 Op cit., 153.
42
Verso, Line 2. W^: A way of doing things. Malczycki reads: W ^ . 1 4
Verso, Line 2. Taslim: Submission, surrender.
Verso, Line 2. Halldl: Permissible.
Verso, Line 2. Hardm: Forbidden.
Verso, Line 2. This word might read takbTr, the pronouncement of the
formula Alldhu akbar. Malczycki reads: j ^ l l . 1 4 4
Verso, Line 3. Malczycki reads: f ^ j ^ j A 1 4 5
Verso, Line 3. ^ j - p - } - ^ : The word has an extra tooth (the rasm reads: <-j_^aSt).
This is perhaps a dittograph. al-Qanut is not to be confused with the Du'd al-Qanut
recited at the dawn prescribed prayer (fajr).146 In this context it means humble.
Verso, Line 5. Line 5 parallels Lines 9 and 10.
Verso, Line 5. J j^L*: Malczycki reads: J j ^ l . 1 4 7
Verso, Line 5. (<^j): Malczycki reads: tLw. 1 4 8
Verso, Line 5. J J W ^ : Malczycki reads: j j W ^ . 1 4 9
Verso, Line 5. <J: an should precede tajdwur and follow ghayr. This is a peculiar,
perhaps archaic construction which has a parallel in Lines 7 and 10. Cf. M s Or.P518V,
Line 10.
Verso, Line 6. ^\ Vj &x(^)<j> <Jl*>-5: Malczycki reads: Vj A 1 5 0
Verso, Line 7. Hanif: Pure monotheist . Read: taLi* tLi*..
1 4 3 Ib id , 150. 1 4 4 Ibid. 1 4 5 Ibid. 1 4 6 Bakht ia r ,593 . 1 4 7 Op cit. 1 4 8 Ibid. 1 4 9 Ibid.
5 0 Ibid.
42
Verso, Line 2. ~: A way of doing things. Malczycki reads: ~. 143
Verso, Line 2. Taslzm: Submission, surrender.
Verso, Line 2. Halliil: Pennissible.
Verso, Line 2. Hariim: Forbidden.
Verso, Line 2 . .fo.[-]JI: This word might read takbzr, the pronouncement of the
fonnula Alliihu akbar. Malczycki reads: ~1.144
Verso, Line 3. ~ LIS~: Malczycki reads: ~I.fi .J:!"-.14S
Verso, Line 3. wJ-{...i...}...ll1I: The word has an extra tooth (the rasm reads: '-lpl).
This is perhaps a ditto graph. al-Qanut is not to be confused with the Du'ij al-Qanut
recited at the dawn prescribed prayer (jajr).146 In this context it means humble.
Verso, Line 5. Line 5 parallels Lines 9 and 10.
Vi L 5 J - \...0 M I ki d J - I 147 erso, ine. ..JS:l: a czyc rea s: ..JS:l.
Verso, Line 5. (~I.J): Malczycki reads: ~J;l.148
Verso, Line 5. .JJL;..:i: Malczycki reads: jJL;..:iI.149
Verso, Line 5. LJI: an should precede tajiiwur and follow ghayr. This is a peculiar,
perhaps archaic construction which has a parallel in Lines 7 and 10. Cf. Ms Or.P518V,
Line 10.
Verso, Line 6 . .JI ')J .cl..)..~)<.Y <u-lk..>...:i: Malczycki reads: .t..Jl1 ')J.cl~ Jii.1SO
Verso, Line 7. Hanif: Pure monotheist. Read: w......,~.
143 Ibid., 150. 144 Ibid. 145 Ibid. 146 Bakhtiar, 593. 147 Op cit. 148 Ibid. 149 Ibid. 150 Ibid.
43
Verso, Line 7. ^ ^ : Malczycki reads: U . 1 5 1
Verso, Line 7. "Disbelievers": £/r& polytheism, idolatry I <>l ahl as-s
the polytheists, the ido la te r s . " 1 5 2 After al-MushraJdn: a verb, e.g., qdl, should
follow given the stand alone an, in order to make it a proper construction.
Verso, Lines 7 and 8. CS^: Read: is translated as death or
lifelessness.153 The term occurs in the Qur'an (6:162, 17:75, and 4 5 : 2 0 ) . 1 5 4 In fact, Lines
7 and 8 mirror the last lines of Chapter 6, Verse 161 through the end of Verse 163 of the
Qur'an which reads (the words that correlate with M s Or.P205 are underlined):
^jj^jjuuiill (j^a (jlS \1AJ UJJT ^jAi JJ! AXA UUS IJJ^ aJjffi ox la l J j -o ^ 1 t5- i L$ 161
TJ-LALUTLL L-ij ^LAAJ ^GUK^AJ ( ^ ^ ^ J i^P^-*3 Ol cJ 162
Q j X ^ I Djt Ulj £lTjJ jjg/g iiLj^ V 163
These Verses are translated as follows:
161 Say: "Verily, m y Lord Hath guided m e to A W a y that is straight, -A religion of right, -The Path (trod) by Abraham The true in faith, And he (certainly) Joined not gods with God."
162 Say: "Truly, m y prayer And m y service of sacrifice, M y life and m y death, Are (all) of God, The Cherisher of the Worlds:
163 N o partner hath He: This am I commanded, And I am the first
1 5 1 Ibid. 1 5 2 Hans Wehr, A Dictionary of Modern Written Arabic (Arabic-English), ed. J. Milton Cowan, 4 t h ed. (Urbana, Illinois: Otto Harrassowitz KG, 1994), 547. 1 5 3 Edward William Lane, Arabic-English Lexicon, vol. 1, pt. 7 (New York: Frederick Ungar Publishing C o , 1956), 2741. 1 5 4 Ibid.
43
Verso, Line 7. wI L.: Malczycki reads: L. wI.l51
Verso, Line 7. "Disbelievers": "~~ sirk polytheism, idolatry I ~~I ~I ahl as-s
the polytheists, the idolaters.,,152 After al-Mushrakfn: a verb, e.g., qiil, should
follow given the stand alone an, in order to make it a proper construction.
Verso, Lines 7 and 8. ~1........: Read: r.F~. i:::.JG.::. is translated as death or
lifelessness. 153 The term occurs in the Qur'iin (6:162, 17:75, and 45:20).154 In fact, Lines
7 and 8 mirror the last lines of Chapter 6, Verse 161 through the end of Verse 163 of the
Qur'iin which reads (the words that correlate with Ms Or.P205 are underlined):
These Verses are translated as follows:
151 Ibid.
161 Say: "Verily, my Lord Hath guided me to AWay that is straight, -A religion of right, -The Path (trod) by Abraham The true in faith, And he (certainly) Joined not gods with God."
162 Say: "Truly, my prayer And my service of sacrifice, My life and my death, Are (all) of God, The Cherisher of the Worlds:
163 No partner hath He: This am I commanded, And I am the first
152 Hans Wehr, A Dictionary of Modern Written Arabic (Arabic-English), ed. J. Milton Cowan, 4th ed. (Urbana, Illinois: Otto Harrassowitz KG, 1994),547. 153 Edward William Lane, Arabic-English Lexicon, vol. 1, pt. 7 (New York: Frederick Ungar Publishing Co., 1956),2741. 154lbid.
44
Of those who bow To His W i l l . " 1 5 5
In effect, as illustrated above, Lines 7 and 8 preserve a pericope of the Qur'an.
Verso, Line 8. Cy(-?^*^\ Defective alif. Read: o$A^. For a discussion of the
term 'alamin as either a dual form referring to the two worlds of humans and jinn, or
'alamin as the plural form of 'dlam (world) (and for the determination of the classes that
belong to these worlds) , cf. Mahmoud M. Ayoub, The Qur'an and Its Interpreters.156
Verso, Line 8. c-(-31)-^ Malczycki reads: ^ j* l fX 1 5 7
Verso, Line 9. <JjJM: The spelling of Qur'an with a wdw. Cf. M s Or.P365RrS,
Line 3, and M s Or.P518V, Line 16, for normalized spelling, i.e., u 1 ^ 1 .
Verso, Line 9. <M J>1*: Malczycki reads: [ j * <X\ ^.158
Verso, Line 9. <!>!«»-»•: Malczycki reads: - ^ . 1 5 9
Verso, Line 10. cK1) [...]: Malczycki reads: [J*—].1 6 0
Verso, Line 10. [ ] ^ : Malczycki reads: ' ^ ^ * J ^ . 1 6 1
Verso, Line 11. If it is a parallel construction, the lacuna might read:
following the word (cf. Recto, Line 1). This seems correct, as the spacing at the right
could accommodate an 'aid and the kaf attests to rakabatihi.
1 5 5 'Abdullah Yusuf 'AIT, The Holy Qur-an: Text, Translation and Commentary, 3 r d ed , vol. 1 (Beirut: Printing Production, 1965), 338. 1 5 6 Mahmoud M. Ayoub, The Qur'an and Its Interpreters, vol. 1 (Albany: State University of New York Press, 1984), 47. 1 5 7 Malczycki, 150. 1 5 8 Ibid. 1 5 9 Ibid. 1 6 0 Ibid. 1 6 1 Ibid.
Ofthose who bow To His Will.,,155
In effect, as illustrated above, Lines 7 and 8 preserve a pericope of the Qur'an.
44
Verso, Line 8. u-(-7"-)-WI: Defective alif. Read: ~WI. For a discussion of the
term 'iilamln as either a dual form referring to the two worlds of humans and jinn, or
'alamln as the plural form of 'alam (world) (and for the determination of the classes that
belong to these worlds), cf. Mahmoud M. Ayoub, The Qur'an and Its Interpreters. 156
Verso, Line 8. c:;-(..1i...}-i:!~: Malczycki reads: ~ w y>1 ~.157
Verso, Line 9. ul.Jjill: The spelling of Qur'an with a waw. Cf. Ms Or.P365RrS,
Line 3, and Ms Or.P5l8V, Line 16, for normalized spelling, i.e., 01jill.
Verso, Line 9. <ill I J>L3: Malczycki reads: [~4....ll] t.9. 158
Verso, Line 9. <I>i.«>~: Malczycki reads: ~.159
Verso, Line 10. J4:1) [ ... J: Malczycki reads: [~ ____ ].160
Verso, Line 10. [-----] rl: Malczycki reads: ~ rl.161
Verso, Line 11. If it is a parallel construction, the lacuna might read: ~.J .)c
following the word ~ (cf. Recto, Line 1). This seems correct, as the spacing at the right
could accommodate an 'ala and the kaj attests to rakabatihi.
155 'Abdullah Yusuf 'AlT, The Holy Qur-an: Text, Translation and Commentary, 3rd ed., vol. 1 (Beirut: Printing Production, 1965),338. 156 Mahmoud M. Ayoub, The Qur 'an and Its Interpreters, vol. 1 (Albany: State University of New York Press, 1984), 47. 157 Malczycki, 150. 158 Ibid. 159 Ibid. 160 Ibid. 161 Ibid.
D O C U M E N T 3: M S OR.P365
Identification
Date: Late third/ninth cen tu ry . 1 6 2
M s Or.P365 is a notable hadith specimen, as M s Or.P365VlS contains a hadith
commentary on Sura al-Nisa', Verse 34. M s Or.P365VlS preserves almost verbatim a
portion of the famous Musnad of Ahmad b . Hanbal (780-855 C.E./164-241 A.H.) (cf.
Comments Sec t ion ) . 1 6 3
M s Or.P365 is significant for a second reason, as its chain of transmission reaches
'Abd Allah b . W a h b (743-812/813 C.E.-125-196/197 A.H.) (cf. M s Or.P518), a famous
Egyptian jurist w h o was the pupil of none other than Mal ik b . Anas (c.715-796 C.E./96-
179 A.H.), the effective founder of Islamic law.
Physical Description
Good quality light brown papyrus 24 x 16.5 cm. Black ink. Remnants of the
binding in the form of a string of twisted papyrus bearing a knot attached to the fold are
still visible. This papyrus is a codex folio containing four pages. The height of the text is
preserved, as the upper and lower margins remain intact. Tentative reading order: Verso
Right Side (A) bot tom continues on Recto Left Side (B).
Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). Mark Muehlhaeusler is credited with the identification and reconstruction of the Musnad fragment.
DOCUMENT 3: MS OR.P365
Identification
Date: Late third/ninth century. 162
Ms Or.P365 is a notable liadzth specimen, as Ms OLP365VlS contains a liadfth
commentary on Sura al-Nisii', Verse 34. Ms Or.P365VlS preserves almost verbatim a
portion of the famous Musnad of Ahmad b. Hanbal (780-855 c.E.l164-241 A.H.) (cf.
Comments Section).163
Ms Or.P365 is significant for a second reason, as its chain of transmission reaches
'Abd Allah b. Wahb (743-812/813 C.E.-125-196/197 A.H.) (cf. Ms OLP518), a famous
Egyptian jurist who was the pupil of none other than Malik b. Anas (c. 715-796 c.E./96-
179 A.H.), the effective founder ofIslamic law.
Physical Description
Good quality light brown papyrus 24 x 16.5 cm. Black ink. Remnants of the
binding in the form of a string of twisted papyrus bearing a knot attached to the fold are
still visible. This papyrus is a codex folio containing four pages. The height of the text is
preserved, as the upper and lower margins remain intact. Tentative reading order: Verso
Right Side (A) bottom continues on Recto Left Side (B).
162 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). 163 Mark Muehlhaeusler is credited with the identification and reconstruction of the Musnad fragment.
46
Recto: Reconstruction of the Recto Right Side yields 12 lines and that of the Recto Left
Side yields 13 lines. A margin of 1.7 cm separates the right and left sides. The text on
the Right Side is upside down in relation to the text on the Left Side. The left portion of
the Left Side is no longer extant. Margins Right Side: almost no margin at the upper end
and the lower end is 1.8 cm. Margins Left Side: the upper end is 1 cm and the lower end
is 1.7 cm. Although the text evinces breaks and peelings, it is in tolerably good
condition.
Verso: Verso Right Side yields 14 lines and Verso Left Side yields 13 lines. A margin
of 1.7 cm separates the Right and Left Sides. The text on the Right Side is upside down
in relation to the text on the Left Side. The right portion of the Right Side is no longer
extant. Margins Right Side: the upper end is 1.8 cm and the lower end is 1.2 cm.
Margins Left Side: the upper end is 1 cm and the lower end is 1.8 cm. In tolerably good
condition.
Script
The ductus indicates a right leaning nashJd s c r i p t . 1 6 4 A number of diacritical
marks are employed, i.e., dotted ^ , £ , \ <3, u, and LS. The dotting of qa' with a
dot on top is inconsistent with the dotting of the fa'. Grohmann notes that "a certain
unsteadiness in dotting the letters Fa an [sic] Qaf is to be observed not only in Egypt, but
also in other coun t r i e s . " 1 6 5 J.v. Karabacek proffers a bipartite schema for the evolution of
dotting the fa" and qa'}66 Grohmann cautions that in the case of Egypt, all the variants of
Malczycki, 182. Grohmann, World, 85.
46
Recto: Reconstruction of the Recto Right Side yields 12 lines and that of the Recto Left
Side yields 13 lines. A margin of 1.7 cm separates the right and left sides. The text on
the Right Side is upside down in relation to the text on the Left Side. The left portion of
the Left Side is no longer extant. Margins Right Side: almost no margin at the upper end
and the lower end is 1.8 cm. Margins Left Side: the upper end is 1 cm and the lower end
is 1.7 cm. Although the text evinces breaks and peelings, it is in tolerably good
condition.
Verso: Verso Right Side yields 14 lines and Verso Left Side yields 13 lines. A margin
of 1.7 cm separates the Right and Left Sides. The text on the Right Side is upside down
in relation to the text on the Left Side. The right portion of the Right Side is no longer
extant. Margins Right Side: the upper end is 1.8 cm and the lower end is 1.2 cm.
Margins Left Side: the upper end is 1 cm and the lower end is 1.8 crn. In tolerably good
condition.
The ductus indicates a right leaning nashki script. 164 A number of diacritical
marks are employed, i.e., dotted Y, w, c, t, ~, u, J, u, and tj. The dotting of qa' with a
dot on top is inconsistent with the dotting of the fo '. Grohmann notes that "a certain
unsteadiness in dotting the letters Fa an [sic] Qaf is to be observed not only in Egypt, but
also in other countries.,,165 J.v. Karabacek proffers a bipartite schema for the evolution of
dotting thefa' and qa,.166 Grohmann cautions that in the case of Egypt, all the variants of
164 Malczycki, 182. 165 Grohmann, World, 85. 166 Ibid.
47
dotting these two letters are evidenced, indicating that the variants are not contained
within strict geographical boundaries.
As opposed to M s Or.P518, no horizontal dots are placed under sin. However, as
in M s Or.P518, three horizontal dots are placed above shin. Miniature letters are placed
under 'ayn, as in M s O . P 5 1 8 and possibly M s O . P 1 7 3 R (cf. Description Section for M s
Or.P518 for the function of the miniature letters).
The backwinding final yd' is employed, for example, in the preposition ft (cf.
Verso, Left Side, Line 2), and there is a possible diacritical short vowel marking offatha
(cf. Recto Left Side, Line 8).
There are possibly tashdid markings (') on Allah in Lines 7 and 12 of the Recto
Right Side. Line 7 is improbable because the light script seems to belong to the
preceding line. Line 12 has a blot above the second Allah where the shadda would stand,
although this too might belong to the illegible word in the line above. Grohmann notes
that the tashdid assumes the form of a hemicycle in the most ancient p a p y r i . 1 6 8
The punctuat ion mark O which is not a circle, but rather resembles a tear drop is
used. Grohmann states that this form of punctuation indicates the close of a longer
portion of the text, and it is also used to distinguish various i tems in account ing . 1 6 9 This
punctuation is prevalent in the JamV of 'Abd Allah b . W a h b (cf. M s O r . P 5 1 8 ) . 1 7 0 This
latter point is significant as Ibn Wahb is mentioned in Recto, Right Side, Lines 1, 6, and
10 of this papyrus (cf. M s Or.P518 where 'Uqba b . 'Amir is also cited as a transmitter).
167 Ibid. 1 6 8 Ibid, 87. 1 6 9 Ibid, 92. 1 7 0 Ibid. Cf. 'Abd Allah b. Wahb, Le DJamV d'Ibn Wahb, 2 vo l s , ed. Jean David-Weill (Le Caire: Imprimerie de I'lnstitut francais d'archeologie orientale, 1939-1948).
47
dotting these two letters are evidenced, indicating that the variants are not contained
within strict geographical boundaries. 1 67
As opposed to Ms Or.PSI8, no horizontal dots are placed under sfn. However, as
in Ms Or.PSI8, three horizontal dots are placed above shln. Miniature letters are placed
under 'ayn, as in Ms Or.PSI8 and possibly Ms Or.PI73R (cf. Description Section for Ms
Or.PSI8 for the function ofthe miniature letters).
The backwinding final ya' is employed, for example, in the preposition fi (cf.
Verso, Left Side, Line 2), and there is a possible diacritical short vowel marking offatlia
(cf. Recto Left Side, Line 8).
There are possibly tashdfd markings C) on Allah in Lines 7 and 12 of the Recto
Right Side. Line 7 is improbable because the light script seems to belong to the
preceding line. Line 12 has a blot above the second Allah where the shadda would stand,
although this too might belong to the illegible word in the line above. Grohmann notes
that the tashdfd assumes the form of a hemicycle in the most ancient papyri. 168
The punctuation mark 0 which is not a circle, but rather resembles a tear drop is
used. Grohmann states that this form of punctuation indicates the close of a longer
portion of the text, and it is also used to distinguish various items in accounting. 169 This
punctuation is prevalent in the Jami' of 'Abd Allah b. Wahb (cf. Ms Or.PSI8).170 This
latter point is significant as Ibn Wahb is mentioned in Recto, Right Side, Lines 1, 6, and
10 of this papyrus (cf. Ms Or.PSI8 where 'Uqba b. 'Amir is also cited as a transmitter).
167 Ibid. 168 Ibid., 87. 169 Ibid., 92.
170 Ibid. Cf. 'Abd Allah b. Wahb, Le Djgmi' d'Ibn Wahb, 2 vols., ed. Jean David-Weill (Le Caire: Imprimerie de l'Institut fianc)lis d'arcMologie orientale, 1939-1948).
Text: R
ecto Right S
ide
Text: R
ecto Left S
ide
Text: V
erso Right S
ide
48
(~) lY. ue. ~
J lY. tiih
J\.S <(,?.JL..U.>JI ~ lY. ~
I tiih
1
lY. J...>=-0-~>
.&1 ~ J
.)A\;. lY. ~
ue. o<..»>--:lA lY. ue.
2 J\.SJ {Jt!} <
o~> <0>
y:;,c 0"-"-(...;;..) ().;i11 ~ 'it! (j""W
I 3
u..J ()lJ~ C?-<-l>1 ~
~ J ~ ~ '&1 J..,...., J
4 tiih
J\.S .l.( ...... )-:-.I tiih [ ... ] (0
) wl.J:l )l(.J) w
~ r-l
5 ue. (Jj\.9) [ ... ] ue. (Y
.J:!I) lY. [ ... ] (ue.) <~>J lY. <
'&1 ~-£:. 6
~ .&I~).&I J""""(J) 0
1 (~I ue. Jt!) [ ... ] 7
[ ... ] J.( ..... )\;. [ ... ] ~ l(...A
.!)y'-<I>
-ill ~ (ue. Jt!) <
~Y
8 tiih
J\.S ( .l. ~I tiih
0 (tJ WI) y'-I u-o [ ... ] 'i
9 [ ] wl . I
\...i. I (
'I ~ .
, (I) [ ] 10
....
U
J...>=-~
"-;-l-rJ U! A
U
•••
J.".... J ue. 0 Y-Y-(~I ue. 0 ~
) lY. ue. (4.:ih) e:-"<.....JI>
11 JL
(.J) ~J~.&I ~.&I 12
[ ... ] 1
[ ... ] [--]-£:. J lA I [---]..A
[--] [ ... ] 2
[ ... ] <1l>.Jh
Jt! ~ [ ... ] tiih
Jl(.J) [--][ ... ] 3
[ ... ] Jt!...>=-ue. ~I ue. r[-][ ... ]
4 [ ... ] W
I [-][ ... ] 5
[ ... ] (tiih) Jt! [ ... ] (lY
.) [ ... ] 6
l[ ... ]..AC-[--][ ... ] ~
[-][ ... ] 7
<..:..!l.(..i9) J.(~):., ~ c
[ ... ] 1.>-(..i .. )J,-! [ ... ] 8
ciliy.a ~[ __ ](JI)[ ... ]
9 (lY. ue.) tiih
J\.S J [ ... ] 1 0 J,:...:l (I~I Jt!) [ ... ] [-]-£:.[-)J\[ ... ] 11
~[ ... ] ("I.>-(...JI)[_][ ... ] 12
(w.)[ ... ] l[ __ ] ('i)J-[ ... ]Jl[-][ ... ] 13
. I l[
] [ ... ].w
...
1 [ ... ] (j"")W
I ~I lY. (rS-=JI) [--]
2 [ ... ][-)J\ L
d~ (.:l9) (("W
I)'i (Jt!) [-][ ... ] 3
[ ... ][-]-£:.I J\.S r"-(...J) w19 Jt! [-][ ... ] 4
[ ... ](lli) ~I [ ... ]
5 [ ... ][------_][_]t![ ... ]
6 [ ... ]
7 [
] <.
> (
~Ih) .
[ ](.l. 'I -
8 ...
UC
l.>"
U!
... ;-
< ~JA.:!->
Jc'&1 ~ ~I
9
4 9
[ . . . ] [ - } — J l 1 0
[ . . . ] j [ . . . ] j l l
[ . . . ] [ - ] 1 2
[ . . . ] ( < » C f ) i 1 3
[ . . . ] O ) 6 - [ . . . ] — [ - ] 1 4
Text: Verso Left Side
tjkjlfr Q\J L[—] < ^ . > J c ^ j l j Lai (j^aijL<ci> 1 g i j i b V j f^j^c- ^ 1 ^l.<-iija (jllajj> V (jl lia. 2
<(jA_jAJl=kl IAJ1>J < U J > J < J * - O ] U > < j $ J j _ < _ i u & > j Q . < ~ $ S J J > Q$-<Aj> 5
« i a j j | (jx ^ 1 U^jjjla A A J oiifr di.>_jl£ QAJ Vt 7
<cjulill> ^ALiU <(jiji> cJ -a < ^ > {<Ji} <CiiL <J&> VI 9 [...] o £-<-»I>-JUI t > <^ui»i ^?->-a AJIA 1 0
! ! [ „ . ] ( J ^ ) [.. Jtl Jli jUo. Lftia. JIS 1 1
[...]! JIS, (J)U [..J(^) [ . . [ . . J c>[ - ]J! 1 2 [.. J t> AJ I « . . . » fljS! > L (jiAil iil(j) 13
Translation: Recto Right Side
1 It was related to us by Ahmad b . Tsa al-<Tustari> said it was related to us by Ibn Wahb from Ibn LahT'a
2 from Ibn <Hubayra> from 'Aqba b . 'Amir and 'Abd Allah b . ' A m r b . 3 a l - 'As said: In the Quran are fifteen <prostrations> {he said} and he said, 4 the Messenger of God, prayers on h im and peace, \said\ on <the> pilgrimage are
two prostrations and so one 5 \who \ did not prostrate the two \prostrations\, so \he\ did not read the two (O) [.. J
It was related to us that (Ahmad) said that it was related to us 6 < ' A b d A l l a h > b . < W a h b > [ . . J (from) [ . . J Ibn (Ayyub) from [ . . J from 7 [.. J (said from his father) that the (Messenger) of God, (blessings) of God on h im 8 <and peace,> (said from) [.. J work [...] worker [.. J 9 no [...] from [...] O It was related to us that Ahmad said that it was related to us 1 0 < ' A b d > Allah b . (Wahb) it was narrated to us by ' A m r that [.. J 11 [.. J from Ibn (Hujlra from Abu) Hurayra from the Messenger 1 2 of God, blessings on h im and peace, said
Text: Verso Left Side
49
[ ... ][_]......0..11 10 [ ... ]-, [ ... ]-,11
[ ... ][-] 12 [ ... ] (~) (4-)£ 13
[ ... ] (~) 0-[ ... ]---[-] (".l.l! 14
~ rSl-, ul-, l[--] <~Jc LM-l ul-, ~ ~l<-l> 1 ~ u~y '1-, ~ Ji:- hi r-S-~.) LJll:. ~> '1 Ul \h 2
<0.\..,.k..>..s 0.\j~ <~> uti <.!...i> y.<fo h>'1 <~->W 3 «Y.-- Ji:- ~~ 0.\~~>I-, <~t......a..JI>.) 0.\-,.#1-, 4
<0.\ ~~I WI> -' <u> -,<y.J~ L.*i .J-~> -' 0-4 j.J> ~<....\ Y 5 <~I> W<..S..: ~.J.) ti1L>~<..:i,....I.J ~14...il...~> 6
<.u..:ijl ~..)I tA.~J:1l9 4..il...1 t>~ ~>-l\.S ~.J '11 7 <~ JA. '11 ~ JA. '11 JIjS~.l;l ~y ~ 8
<~WI> ~~I <~> J\.9 <~> {J\.9} <~ JA.> '11 9 [ ... ] 0 c-<...c>l>-u> ~ <.A.ull &>...A Y.J o\,j\.! 10
I~[ ... ] ~ ~I (~) [ ... ]\.9 J\.9 ) • .=.ltih J\.9 11 [ ... ]1 Jl9-, (J)\.9 ~ [ ... K·c) [ ... ] ..... [ ... ] 0-[---]JI12
[ ... ] ~ ~ .a.(-u»1 I~\.$ « ... » ("1.,31 A (~p.1 ~I(-,) 13
Translation: Recto Right Side
1 It was related to us by Ahmad b. elsa al-<Tustan> said it was related to us by Ibn Wahb from Ibn Lah!' a
2 from Ibn <Hubayra> from 'Aqba b. 'Amir and 'Abd Allah b. 'Amrb. 3 al-'A~ said: In the Quran are fifteen <prostrations> {he said} and he said, 4 the Messenger of God, prayers on him and peace, \said\ on <the> pilgrimage are
two prostrations and so one 5 \who\ did not prostrate the two \prostrations\, so \he\ did not read the two (0) [ ... ]
It was related to us that (Ahmad) said that it was related to us 6 <'Abd Allah> b. <Wahb> [ ... ] (from) [ ... ] Ibn (Ayylib) from [ ... ] from 7 [ ... ] (said from his father) that the (Messenger) of God, (blessings) of God on him 8 <and peace,> (said from) [ ... ] work [ ... ] worker [ ... ] 9 no [ ... ] from [ ... ] 0 It was related to us that Ahmad said that it was related to us 10 <'Abd> Allah b. (Wahb) it was narrated to us by 'Amr that [ ... ] 11 [ ... ] from Ibn (ftujIra from Abu) Hurayra from the Messenger 12 of God, blessings on him and peace, said
50
Translation: Recto Left Side
(said) it was related to us [...] said it was related to <us> from his father from 'Umar said
Ibn [...] said (it was related to us) [...]
by reading [...] from a man (so it is said) your voice and said it was related to us (from Ibn) (said if) entering
Translation: Verso Right Side
1 [...] G o d [ . . . ] 2 [...] (al-Hakam) b . Abl al-( 'As) [...] 3 [...] said no [...] the [...] 4 [...] said it is said yes [...] said [...] 5 [...] to h im [...] 6 [...] 7 [...] 00 [...] Ibn (Hadash) <from> [...] 9 The Prophet , blessings of God <on h im and peace> 10 [...] 11 and [...] and [...] 12 [...] 13 [ . . . ] ( f r o m ) [ . . . ] 14 [...] ( ' A b d ) [ . . . ]
Translation: Verso Left Side
1 They \i.e., females\ <do not> have things of their own and verily they have \rights\ on you \i.e., males\ [...] and verily and as you have \rights\ on them
2 The right \of men\ on women is not <to al low> another in your <bed.> They should not allow into
3 <your house anyone w h o m you dislike.> If <you fear> ill-conduct or perverseness on their part, <advise them>
4 and desert <\their\ beds> and <hit them in a non painful way.>
50
Translation: Recto Left Side
1 [ ... ] 2 [ ... ] 3 [ ... ] (said) it was related to us [ ... ] said it was related to <us> 4 [ ... ] from his father from 'Umar said 5 [ ... ] 6 [ ... ] Ibn [ ... ] said (it was related to us) [ ... ] 7 [ ... ] 8 [ ... ] by reading [ ... ] from a man (so it is said) 9 [ ... ] your voice 10 [ ... ] and said it was related to us (from Ibn) 11 [ ... ] (said if) entering 12 [ ... ] 13 [ ... ]
Translation: Verso Right Side
1 [ ... ] God [ ... ] 2 [ ... ] (al-ttakam) b. AbT al-('A~) [ ... ] 3 [ ... ] said no [ ... ] the [ ... ] 4 [ ... ] said it is said yes [ ... ] said [ ... ] 5 [ ... ] to him [ ... ] 6 [ ... ] 7 [ ... ] 8 [ ... ] Ibn (ttadash) <from> [ ... ] 9 The Prophet, blessings of God <on him and peace> 10 [ ... ] 11 and [ ... ] and [ ... ] 12 [ ... ] 13 [ ... ] (from)[ ... ] 14 [ ... ] ('Abd) [ ... ]
Translation: Verso Left Side
1 They \i.e., females\ <do not> have things of their own and verily they have \rights\ on you \i.e., males\ [ ... ] and verily and as you have \rights\ on them
2 The right \ofmen\ on women is not <to allow> another in your <bed.> They should not allow into
3 <your house anyone whom you dislike.> If <you fear> ill-conduct or perverseness on their part, <advise them>
4 and desert <\their\ beds> and <hit them in a non painful way.>
51
5 <And provide them with a means of subsistence> and <clothe> them in \all\ fairness and <you took them>
6 <in safekeeping \amdna\ for God, so they were permissible for you to have intimate relations with through the word of God \i.e., the marriage vow\.>
7 Unless whoever <has amdna, he has to return it to whomever gave> 8 it to h im \i.e., God\. <And the Prophet said as he opened his hands: "Did I not tell
you, did I not tell you,> 9 <did I not tell you."> {Said} <Then> it was said \to whosoever\ witnessed \this
speech b y the prophet\ <to convey> \it to\ <the people who were absent> 10 because \the people who did not hear it\ might fulfill it and be more fortunate than
<those who heard it> O [...] 11 Said it was related to us Hammar said [...] (Humayd) [...] 12 [...] (said) and said [...] 13 (and) God (already) \the speech by the prophetA spread to the people « . . .» they
were (more fortunate) by receiving it \the speech by the prophet\ who [...] (Figure 5 and Figure 6)
Comments
Recto, Right Side, Lines 1, 5, and 9. "Ahmad b . ' Isa al-<Tustari>": Perhaps 'Abd
Allah al-Misri, known as Ibn al-Tustarl (d. 848 C.E./234 A . H . ) . 1 7 1 If this is indeed the
A h m a d b . Tsa of the papyrus, his date of death would support the dating of the papyrus to
the late third/ninth century. Ibn al-Tustari is not considered a reliable t ransmit ter . 1 7 2 Ibn
al-Tustarl heard traditions from the lips of D imam b . Isma'Il , Bashar b . Bakr, Azhar b .
Sa 'd al-Samln, et alia}13
In the context of the Musnad (cf. Verso, Left Side), the last transmitter (Ahmad)
in many of the isndds perhaps refers to Ahmad b . Hanbal h imsel f . 1 7 4
Recto, Right Side, Lines 1, 6, and 10. "Ibn Wahb" : 'Abd Allah b . Wahb b .
Mus l im al-Fihri al-QurashT (743-812/813 C.E.-125-196/197 A.H.) (cf. M s Or.P518) was a
7 1DhahabT, vol. 1,449. 1 7 2 Ibid. 1 7 3 Ibid. 1 7 4 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)).
51
5 <And provide them with a means of subsistence> and <clothe> them in \al1\ fairness and <you took them>
6 <in safekeeping \amana\ for God, so they were permissible for you to have intimate relations with through the word of God \i.e., the marriage vow\.>
7 Unless whoever <has amana, he has to return it to whomever gave> 8 it to him \i.e., God\. <And the Prophet said as he opened his hands: "Did I not tell
you, did I not tell you,> 9 <did I not tell you."> {Said} <Then> it was said \to whosoever\ witnessed \this
speech by the prophet\ <to convey> \it to\ <the people who were absent> 10 because \the people who did not hear it\ might fulfill it and be more fortunate than
<those who heard it> 0 [ ... J 11 Said it was related to us Hammar said [ ... J (Humayd) [ ... J 12 [ ... J (said) and said [ ... J 13 (and) God (already) \the speech by the prophet\ spread to the people « ... » they
were (more fortunate) by receiving it \the speech by the prophet\ who [ ... J (Figure 5 and Figure 6)
Comments
Recto, Right Side, Lines 1, 5, and 9. "Ahmad b. 'Isa al-<Tustan-:>": Perhaps 'Abd
Allah al-Mi~rI, known as Ibn al-Tustarl (d. 848 C.E.l234 A.H.).l7l If this is indeed the
Ahmad b. 'Isa of the papyrus, his date of death would support the dating of the papyrus to
the late third/ninth century. Ibn al-Tustarl is not considered a reliable transmitter. 172 Ibn
al-TustarI heard traditions from the lips of Dimam b. Isma'II, Bashar b. Bakr, Azhar b.
Sa'd al-Samln, et alia. 173
In the context of the Musnad (cf. Verso, Left Side), the last transmitter (Ahmad)
in many of the isnads perhaps refers to Ahmad b. Hanbal himself.174
Recto, Right Side, Lines 1, 6, and 10. "Ibn Wahb": 'Abd Allah b. Wahb b.
Muslim aI-Fihrl al-QurashI (743-812/813 c.E.-125-196/197 A.H.) (cf. Ms Or.P518) was a
171 Dhahabl, vol. 1,449. 172 Ibid. 173 Ibid.
174 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)).
52
Figure 5. Ms Or.P365R Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure 5. Ms Or.P365R Rare Books Division Special Collections
1. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
52
53
•
Figure 6. Ms O .P 3 6 5 V Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure 6. Ms Or.P365V Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
53
54
famous Egyptian jurist who was the pupil of Malik b. Anas (c.715-796 C.E./96-179 A.H.),
the founder of Islamic law. 1 7 5 Ibn Wahb was the rawT (transmitter) for Ibn Jurayj, Yunis
1 *n£
b. YazTd, Hanzala b. Abi Sufyan, 'Abd Al-Rahman b. Ziyad al-IfriqT, et alia. Those
who transmitted on Ibn Wahb's authority include al-Layth b. Sa'd, Sa'Id b. Abi Maryam,
'Abd Allah b. §alih, et alia}11 Ibn Wahb composed many works; of these works, the
Jami' alone is exant (cf. Script Section (above), and Script Section for Ms Or.P518).
Recto, Right Side, Line I. "Ibn Lahi'a": Abu 'Abd al-Rahman 'Abd Allah b.
Lahl'a b. 'Uqba b. Lahi'a al-Hadraml al-Ghafikl (715/6-790 C.E./97-174 A.H.) was a judge
and traditionist in Egypt . 1 7 8 Muhammad b. Sa'd noted that Ibn Lahi'a had a weak
memory, and that traditions transmitted on his authority early in his career were more
reliable than those transmitted towards the end. 1 7 9 Ibn Lahi'a is said to have transmitted
from his brother, 'Isa b. Lahi 'a . 1 8 0 Ibn Lahi'a knew Yazid b. AbT Habib (cf. Comments
Section for Ms Or.P173R, Line 18, and Comments Section for Ms Or.P518R, Line 9 and
Ms Or.P518V, Line 12). Ibn Yunus in his History states that 'Amr b. al-Hartih, al-Layth
b. Sa'd, 'Uthman b. Al-Hakam al-Judami, and Ibn al-Mubarak transmitted on the
authority of Ibn Lahi 'a . 1 8 1 Ibn Lahi'a penned a number of works. 1 8 2 Franz Rosenthal
1 7 5 Jean David-Weill, "Ibn Wahb, 'Abd Allah b. Wahb b. Muslim al-Fihrl al-Qurashi," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-3403 (26 February 2008). 1 7 6 DhahabI, vol. 1, 320. 1 7 7 Ibid. 1 7 8 Franz Rosenthal, "Ibn Lahi'a, 'Abd Allah b. Lahi'a b. 'Uqba," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://wv/w.brillonLin^ (26 February 2008); Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 18. An alternative date of death is given as 786 C.E./170 A.H. (Ibid., 18). 1 7 9 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 17. 1 8 0 Rosenthal, n.p. 1 8 1 O p c i t , 18. 1 8 2 Op ci t , n.p.
54
famous Egyptian jurist who was the pupil of Malik b. Anas (c.715-796 cE./96-179 A.H.),
the founder of Islamic law.175 Ibn Wahb was the riiwz(transmitter) for Ibn Jurayj, Yunis
b. Yazld, tianiala b. AbI Sufyan, 'Abd AI-Rahman b. Ziyad al-IfrlqI, et alia.176 Those
who transmitted on Ibn Wahb's authority include al-Layth b. Sa'd, Sa'Id b. AbI Maryam,
'Abd Allah b. Salih, et alia. 177 Ibn Wahb composed many works; of these works, the
Jami' alone is ex ant (cf. Script Section ( above), and Script Section for Ms Or.P518).
Recto, Right Side, Line 1. "Ibn LahI' a": Abu 'Abd aI-Rahman 'Abd Allah b.
LahI'a b. 'Uqba b. LahI'a al-tiadramI al-GhafikI (715/6-790 cE./97-174 A.H.) was a judge
and traditionist in Egypt. 178 Muhammad b. Sa'd noted that Ibn LahI'a had a weak
memory, and that traditions transmitted on his authority early in his career were more
reliable than those transmitted towards the end. 179 Ibn LahI'a is said to have transmitted
from his brother, 'Isa b. LahI'a. 180 Ibn LahI'a knew Yazld b. AbI tiabIb (cf. Comments
Section for Ms Or.PI73R, Line 18, and Comments Section for Ms Or.P518R, Line 9 and
Ms Or.P518V, Line 12). Ibn Yunus in his History states that 'Amr b. al-Hartih, al-Layth
b. Sa'd, 'Uthman b. Al-tiakam al-JudamI, and Ibn al-Mubarak transmitted on the
authority of Ibn LahI'a. 181 Ibn LahI'a penned a number of works. 182 Franz Rosenthal
175 Jean David-Weill, "Ibn Wahb, 'Abd AlHih b. Wahb b. Muslim al-Fihrl al-Qurashl," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, CE. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam _SIM-3403 (26 February 2008). 176 Dhahabl, vol. 1,320. 177 Ibid.
178 Franz Rosenthal, "Ibn Lahl'a, 'Abd Allah b. Lahl'a b. 'Uqba," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, CE. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nlIsubscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-3269 (26 February 2008); Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 18. An alternative date of death is given as 786 C.E.l170 A.H. (Ibid., 18). 179 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 17. 180 Rosenthal, n.p. 181 Op cit., 18. 182 Op .
CIt., n.p.
55
states that "[h]e may have been the author of some traditional and historical texts
preserved on papyrus." 1 8 3
Recto, Right Side, Line 2. "Ibn <Hubayra>": Perhaps Yazid b. 'Umar b. Hubayra
(705/6-750 C.E./87-132 A.H.), the governor of the two 'Iraqs (Amir al- 'Iraqayn).m
Recto, Right Side, Line 2. "'Aqba b. 'Amir": Perhaps 'Aqba b. 'Amir al-Jahnl (d.
677 C.E./58 A.H.) who was a Qur'an reciter and jurist . 1 8 5 Cf. Ms Or.P518.
Recto, Right Side, Lines 2 and 3. '"Abd Allah b. 'Amr b. al-'As": 'Abd Allah b.
'Amr b. al-'As (al-'AsI) (d. 691/2 C.E./72 A.H.) was the son of the famed conqueror of
Egypt, 'Amr b. al-'As (al-'AsI) (cf. Ms Or.P518R, Lines 11 and 12) . 1 8 6 'Ikrima (cf.
Comments Section for Ms Or.P173R, Line 20) related traditions on the authority of 'Abd
Allah b. 'Amrb . al- 'Asi . 1 8 7
Recto, Right Side, Line 3. The first of two qalas separated by the coordinating
conjunction waw might be a dittograph.
Recto, Right Side, Line 3. u ' j ^ 1 : Normalized spelling. Cf. Ms Or.P518V, Line
16, for another case of this normalized spelling. Cf. Ms Or.P205V, Line 9, for irregular,
archaic spelling with waw.
Recto, Right Side, Line 4. J^*: Malczycki reads: U l l s X ^ . 1 8 8
Recto, Right Side, Line 4. ofi-^h^: Dual reading: -tayni confirmed by Line 5, dual
pronoun (huma).
Recto, Right Side, Line 5. ^-(-a): Malczycki reads: UA(-J)IJ1J V j . 1 8 9
183 Ibid. Ibn Khallikan, vol. 4, 204 and 212; DhahabI, vol. 1, 227.
1 8 5 DhahabI, vol. 1, 73. 1 8 6 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 208. 1 8 7 Ibid., 207. ""Malczycki, 180.
189 Ibid.
55
states that "[h]e may have been the author of some traditional and historical texts
preserved on papyrus." 1 83
Recto, Right Side, Line 2. "Ibn <Hubayra>": Perhaps YazId b. 'Umar b. Hubayra
(705/6-750 c.E./87-132 A.H.), the governor of the two 'Iraqs (Amzr al- 'Iraqayn).184
Recto, Right Side, Line 2. "'Aqba b. '.Amir": Perhaps 'Aqba b. '.Amir aI-JalmI (d.
677 c.E./58 A.H.) who was a Qur'an reciter andjurist.185 Cf. Ms Or.P518.
Recto, Right Side, Lines 2 and 3. '''Abd Allah b. 'Amr b. aI-'A.;;": 'Abd Allah b.
'Amr b. aI-'A.;; (al-'A.;;I) (d. 691/2 c.E.172 A.H.) was the son of the famed conqueror of
- - 186 Egypt, 'Amr b. al-'A;; (al-'A;;I) (cf. Ms Or.P518R, Lines 11 and 12). 'Ikrima (cf.
Comments Section for Ms Or.PI73R, Line 20) related traditions on the authority of 'Abd
Allah b. 'Amrb. al-'A.;;I. 187
Recto, Right Side, Line 3. The first of two qalas separated by the coordinating
conjunction waw might be a ditto graph.
Recto, Right Side, Line 3. u1y!1: Normalized spelling. Cf. Ms Or.P518V, Line
16, for another case of this normalized spelling. Cf. Ms Or.P205V, Line 9, for irregular,
archaic spelling with waw.
Recto, Right Side, Line 4. ~: Ma1czycki reads: .ull ~)l....,..188
Recto, Right Side, Line 4. L»i~: Dual reading: -tayni confirmed by Line 5, dual
pronoun (huma).
Recto, Right Side, Line 5. wl..;i;l )l(.J): Ma1czycki reads: w(~)I..;i;l ';1 .J.189
183 Ibid.
184 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 4, 204 and 212; DhahabI, vol. 1,227. 185 DhahabI, vol. 1, 73. 186 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 2, 208. 187lbid 207 188 Mal~zycki, 180. 189 Ibid.
56
Recto, Right Side, Line 6. < < - r s A > j oi <-if>-fr: Reconstruction based on parallelism
located on Line 10.
Recto, Right Side, Line 6. (S-L^) Oi [...] ( c > ) : Malczycki reads: MJ^ L» LS^S O ^ . 1 9 0
itecfo, ifa'g/tf SzYfe, I w e (5. (JJ^) [...] t > : Malczycki reads: (^a L>J i j j ) i > . 1 9 1
Recto, Right Side, Line 7. c > [...]: Malczycki reads: Cf- L>J <-W)
Recto, Right Side, Line 7. J^-*-*): Malczycki reads: $X^». 1 9 3
itecfo, l?zgft/ Safe, Ziwe 5. ^ (£& Jli) : Malczycki reads: ^ 1> L R 1 9 4
itecfo, Right Side, Line 8. [...] L(_^)J^<I>: Malczycki reads: LW ) J ^ I . 1 9 5
itecfo, ifo'g/tf *S7de, Line 9. (JSUil) j ^ l c > [...] V: Malczycki reads: j ^ l t > ( C K ^ V) j
JxUJI . 1 9 6
Recto, Right Side, Line 10. M}) [...]: Malczycki reads: AJII ^ . 1 9 7
Recto, Right Side, Line 10. It is significant that the expression akhbarnd rather
than hadathnd is employed.
itecfo, ifo'g/tf iSfcfe, Lme 70. '"Amr": Cf. Comments Section, Recto, Right Side,
Lines 2 and 3 (above), and Comments Section, Recto, Left Side, Line 5 (below).
Recto, Right Side, Line 11. "(Abu) Hurayra": Cf. Ms Or.P443R, Lines 8 and 14
and Comments Section for Ms Or.P173R, Lines 8, 10, and 12. 'Abd al-Rahman b. Sakhr
al-DawsI, surnamed Abu Hurayra ("the man with the kitten") (d. 676/7 C.E./57 A.H.), a
190 Ibid. 191 Ibid. 192 Ibid. 193 Ibid. 194 Ibid. 195 Ibid. 196 Ibid. 197 Ibid.
56
Recto, Right Side, Line 6. <~>.J c.Y. <.l:I->~: Reconstruction based on parallelism
located on Line 10.
~1.192
Recto, Right Side, Line 6. (Y .J:!I) c.Y. [ ... ] (ue): Ma1czycki reads: Y.J:!I c.Y. ~ ue .190
Recto, Right Side, Line 6. (Jjlj) [ ... ] ue: Ma1czycki reads: (~Ij c.Y. ~yj) ue.l91
Recto, Right Side, Line 7. (~I ue JI.!) [ ... ]: Ma1czycki reads: ue ~\.c(..A c.Y. ~)
Recto, Right Side, Line 7. ~(-'""): Malczycki reads: 0)\.....0.193
Recto, Right Side, Line 8. rb (ue JI.!): Ma1czycki reads: t....k. rb 0-c> JI.!.194
Recto, Right Side, Line 8. [ ... ] J..>c l('-"':)..»<I>: Malczycki reads: (~J..>c) ..»1.195
Recto, Right Side, Line 9. (J!WI)..»I 0-c> [ ... ] '1: Malczycki reads: ..»10-c> (~'1) .J
Recto, Right Side, Line 10 . .ili(I) [ ... ]: Ma1czycki reads: .u.ll -¥-.197
Recto, Right Side, Line 10. It is significant that the expression akhbarna rather
than nadathna is employed.
Recto, Right Side, Line 10. "'Amr": Cf. Comments Section, Recto, Right Side,
Lines 2 and 3 (above), and Comments Section, Recto, Left Side, Line 5 (below).
Recto, Right Side, Line 11. "(Abu) Hurayra": Cf. Ms Or.P443R, Lines 8 and 14
and Comments Section for Ms Or.P173R, Lines 8,10, and 12. 'Abd aI-Rahman b. Sakhr
al-Dawsl, surnamed Abu Hurayra ("the man with the kitten") (d. 67617 c.E./57 A.H.), a
190 Ibid. 191 Ibid. 192 Ibid. 193 Ibid. 194 Ibid. 195 Ibid. 196 Ibid. 197 Ibid.
57
1 O R
Companion of the Prophet, was one of the most prolific transmitters of traditions. At
times, the Prophet referred to him as Abu Hirr ("the man with the cat") . 1 9 9 According to
the Tuhfat al-ashraf bi-ma 'rifat al-atraf of Yusuf b. al-Zakl 'Abd al-Rahman al-MizzT
(1256-1341 C.E./654-742 A.H.), Abu Hurayra related 3,343 hadiths.200
Recto, Right Side, Line 12. i j - ^ : Malczycki reads: sM^=>.201
Recto, Left Side, Line 4. '"Umar": Cf. Comments Section for Ms O.P173R, Line
18.5.
Recto, Left Side, Line 5. Possibly reads u - 3 ^ , as the same name appears
on the Recto, Right Side, of this papyrus. Cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Lines 2 and 3, and Ms
Or.P518R, Lines 11 and 12, for 'Amrb. al-'As.
Verso, Right Side, Line 2. "(al-Hakam) b. Abi al-('As)": al-Hakam b. Abi al-'As.
al-Sahabl died 651 C.E./31 A.H. 2 0 2
Verso, Right Side, Line 9. 4p>J& M Reconstruction from standard
phrase (cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Lines 4, 7, 8, and 12; and Ms Or.P518R, Line 9, etc.).
Verso, Left Side, Line 1. "Themselves" - feminine plural; "for them" - feminine
plural; and "on them" - masculine plural.
Verso, Left Side, Line 3. The Qur'anic definition of the noun of action JJ^J
is: "Ill-conduct or perverseness on the part of a husband or wife towards one another."2 0 3
Cf. the Qur'anic Verse 4:34. This section of the papyrus is a hadith commentary on the
1 9 8 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 1, 570. 1 9 9 Ibid. 2 0 0 G.H.A. Juynboll, "Abu Hurayra," Encyclopaedia of Islam, 3 r d ed., eds. Gudrun Kramer, Denis Matringe, John Nawas and Everett Rowson, 2008, hrtp://vfww.brilloruine.nl/subscriber/entry?enti7=ei3_SIM (26 February 2008). 2 0 1 Malczycki, 180. 2 0 2 DhahabI, vol. 1,53. 2 0 3 John Penrice, A Dictionary and Glossary of the Kor-dn, with Copious Grammatical References and Explanations of the Text (Cambridge: Schoenhof, 1995), 147.
57
Companion of the Prophet, was one of the most prolific transmitters of traditions.198 At
times, the Prophet referred to him as Abu Rirr ("the man with the cat,,).199 According to
the Tulifat al-ashriif hi-rna 'rifat al-alraJ of Yusuf b. al-ZakI 'Abd aI-Rahman al-MizzI
(1256-1341 c.E.l654-742 A.H.), Abu Rurayra related 3,343 nadfths.zoo
Recto, Right Side, Line 12. ~: Ma1czycki reads: o~.ZOl
Recto, Left Side, Line 4. '''Umar'': Cf. Comments Section for Ms Or.PI73R, Line
18.5.
Recto, Left Side, Line 5. [ ... ]WI: Possibly reads <.J""'WI, as the same name appears
on the Recto, Right Side, of this papyrus. Cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Lines 2 and 3, and Ms
Or.P518R, Lines 11 and 12, for 'Amrb. al-'A~.
Verso, Right Side, Line 2. "(al-fiakam) b. AbI al-('A~)": al-fiakam b. AbI al-'A~
al-SahabI died 651 C.E.l31 A.H.202
Verso, Right Side, Line 9. <~.J ~Jc.&1 ~ ~I: Reconstruction from standard
phrase (cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Lines 4, 7, 8, and 12~ and Ms Or.P518R, Line 9, etc.).
Verso, Left Side, Line 1. "Themselves" - feminine plural; "for them" - feminine
plural; and "on them" - masculine plural.
Verso, Left Side, Line 3. j~: The Qur'amc definition of the noun of action )~
IS: "Ill-conduct or perverseness on the part of a husband or wife towards one another."zo3
Cf. the Qur'anic Verse 4:34. This section of the papyrus is a nadfth commentary on the
198 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 1, 570. 199 Ibid.
200 G.H.A. Juynboll, "Abu Hurayra," Encyclopaedia of Islam, 3rd ed., eds. Gudrun Kramer, Denis Matringe, John Nawas and Everett Rowson, 2008, http://www.brillonline.n1Isubscriber/entry?entry=ei3_SIM-0175 (26 February 2008). 201 Malczycki, 180. 202 DhahabI, vol. 1,53. 203 John Penrice, A Dictionary and Glossary of the Kor-tin, with Copious Grammatical References and Explanations of the Text (Cambridge: Schoenhof, 1995), 147.
58
verse from Sura al-Nisa', which is translated as follows: "Men are in charge of women,
because Allah hath made the one of them to excel the other, and because they spend of
their property (for the support of women). So good women are the obedient, guarding in
secret that which Allah hath guarded. As for those from whom ye fear rebellion,
admonish them and banish them to beds apart, and scourge them. Then, if they obey you,
seek not a way against them. Lo! Allah is ever High, Exalted, Great." 2 0 4
Verso, Left Side, Line 9. < J**>: Reconstructed with reference to Line 11.
Verso, Left Side, Line 10. O: Punctuation mark separates the hadith and the
gloss. The commentary includes an isnad.
Verso, Left Side, Line 11. "Humayd": Humayd b. TawTl (d. 759 C.E./142 A.H.)
was a Basran hadith collector from the generation of Successors.2 0 5 Humayd transmitted
hadith from Anas b. Malik (cf. Comments Section for Ms Or.P521R, Line 5, and
Comments Section for Ms Or.P173R, Line 6). It is uncertain whether Humayd related
from Anas b. Malik without having met him, although they were contemporaries in
Basra. Additionally, it is not known for certain whether Humayd definitely heard
'Umar b. al-Khattab (cf. Comments Section for Ms Or.P173, Line 18.5). 2 0 8 It is narrated
that Humayd had access to the works of al-Hasan al-Basrl (cf. Comments Section for Ms
O.P173R, Lines 16, 20, and 23) . 2 0 9 The al-Hasan mentioned along with Humayd in the
Musnad of Ahmad b. Hanbal (cf. Comments, Verso, Left Side, Lines 1-13 (below)) is
perhaps al-Hasan al-Basrl. Yahya b. Sa'id (cf. Ms O.P173R, Line 28) was also a
2 0 4 Pickthall, 80. 2 0 5 Spectorsky, n.p. 2 0 6 Thirl 2 0 6 Ibid. 2 0 7 Ibid. 2 0 8 Ibid. 2 0 9 Ibid.
58
verse from Sura al-Nisii', which is translated as follows: "Men are in charge of women,
because Allah hath made the one of them to excel the other, and because they spend of
their property (for the support of women). So good women are the obedient, guarding in
secret that which Allah hath guarded. As for those from whom ye fear rebellion,
admonish them and banish them to beds apart, and scourge them. Then, if they obey you,
seek not a way against them. Lo! Allah is ever High, Exalted, Great.,,204
Verso, Left Side, Line 9. <}.c..>: Reconstructed with reference to Line 11.
Verso, Left Side, Line 10. 0: Punctuation mark separates the nadfth and the
gloss. The commentary includes an isniid.
Verso, Left Side, Line 11. "Humayd": Humayd b. 'fawn (d. 759 c.E.l142 A.H.)
was a Basran nad'ith collector from the generation of Successors.205 Humayd transmitted
nad'ith from Anas b. Malik (cf. Comments Section for Ms Or.P521R, Line 5, and
Comments Section for Ms 0r.PI73R, Line 6).206 It is uncertain whether Humayd related
from Anas b. Malik without having met him, although they were contemporaries in
Basra. 207 Additionally, it is not known for certain whether Humayd definitely heard
'Umar b. al-KhaUab (cf. Comments Section for Ms Or.PI73, Line 18.5).208 It is narrated
that Humayd had access to the works of aI-Hasan aI-Ba~rl (cf. Comments Section for Ms
Or.PI73R, Lines 16, 20, and 23).209 The aI-Hasan mentioned along with Humayd in the
Musnad of Ahmad b. Hanbal (cf. Comments, Verso, Left Side, Lines 1-13 (below)) is
perhaps aI-Hasan aI-Ba~rl. Yahya b. Sa'ld (cf. Ms Or.PI73R, Line 28) was also a
204 Pickthall, 80. 205 Spectorsky, n.p. 206 Ibid. 207 Ibid. 208 Ibid. 209 Ibid.
59
7 1 0
2 1 0 Ibid. Ibid. 2 1 1
2 1 2 Ahmad b . Hanbal, Musnad al-Imdm Ahmad ibn Hanbal, vol. 5 (Beirut: al-Maktab al-Islami lil-Taba'ah wa-al-Nashr, 1969), 73.
contemporary of Humayd. al-Hakim al-Naysabtiri charged Humayd with tadlTs, i.e.,
tampering with isnads211
Verso, Left Side, Lines 1-13. Verso, Left Side, is preserved with minor alterations
in the Musnad of Ahmad b. Hanbal (780-855 C.E./l64-241 A.H.), the acclaimed
theologian and jurist, and the eponym for the fourth Islamic legal school of thought
(madhhab). The parallel text of the Musnad from which Lines 1-13 have been
reconstructed reads:
Aa.V ^ (IP J f^JsF" ( j i l a j J V (jl LL- (jg \\c ^jlc- (j!j lijJj (jfr»"^V"
t l l la ALaa . J l i ^ ^ > f * JJC- LljjJa ( jA_jJ^) jJal j ^ ( jA j^ yaJ f c l j (jA_a]»x3 <jA j j J i J ajf la ( j l i 4j_aA J£J
j & <Ul! 4 <aK ; ^ j u l a o u i l j *Ull < j L a L ( jA j x j i i . ! L a j l j i_Sj^>x -a lL ( jg j_a ju i£ j ( j $ i j j (jg-^J ^J^aII (_J15 ^ ^ a i l L a
diiL JA V) Cjitli JA VI CiiL JA VI J^aa lgj\r> A i a j j l (j* gJl lAJijjila 4 i L a l e^Jc d u l £ (j-aj J » . j
Laijal IjiL 4-alSLil oifc <iJLj (J ja. (jjaiaJl J l i J U a * . J l i £aLuj j - a IJUJ ^ k a A i l i (- j j l i i l A A L i l l JJJI J l i
2 1 2 » » 4 j I_aJl£
Line 1 of the papyrus follows the Musnad with three exceptions. First, the papyrus spells
Lui for Lu*i as found in the Musnad. Secondly, following 'alaykum there are three words;
the first perhaps 2 to 3 letters long with the final letter being an alifi and the second and
third words read uU Lastly, an an is found in the papyrus between the waw and lakum.
Line 2 of the papyrus omits the alif tanwin on ^ 1 . The lines in the Musnad that
are interpolated between Lines 4 and 5 are a gloss by Humayd on earlier hadith lines in
the papyrus. These lines read:
j j j -a l l J l i L a ( j m ^ N d l l S MA-\ J l i
59
contemporary of tlumayd.210 al-tlakim al-Naysabl1rl charged tlumayd with tadlfs, i.e.,
tampering with isniids.211
Verso, Left Side, Lines 1-13. Verso, Left Side, is preserved with minor alterations
III the Musnad of Ahmad b. Hanbal (780-855 c.E.l164-241 A.H.), the acclaimed
theologian and jurist, and the eponym for the fourth Islamic legal school of thought
(madhhab). The parallel text of the Musnad from which Lines 1-13 have been
reconstructed reads:
212" <\.J .lIu..\ \ ').,$ • • .J-l
Line 1 of the papyrus follows the Musnad with three exceptions. First, the papyrus spells
y..:;. for ~ as found in the Musnad. Secondly, following 'alaykum there are three words;
the first perhaps 2 to 3 letters long with the final letter being an alif, and the second and
third words read 0\J. Lastly, an an is found in the papyrus between the wiiw and lakum.
Line 2 of the papyrus omits the alif tanwln on hi. The lines in the Musnad that
are interpolated between Lines 4 and 5 are a gloss by Humayd on earlier nadfth lines in
the papyrus. These lines read:
2\0 Ibid. 211 Ibid.
212 Ahmad b. !1anbal, Musnad aI-Imam Ahmad ibn l1anbal, vol. 5 (Beirut: al-Maktab al-IsIamlli1-'faba'ah wa-al-Nashr, 1969), 73.
60
This gloss seems to be contained in Line 12 of the papyrus. The Musnad further
interpolates <J^j jp- between Lines 6 and 7, which is not found in the papyrus. Line 7 of
the papyrus begins the line with VI that is omitted from the Musnad. It is unclear whether
the words J ^ AJJU in Line 8 are in the papyrus. The qdla on Line 9 of the papyrus is a
postulated dittograph based on comparison with the Musnad. Line 10 of the papyrus
evidences a punctuation mark (O), whereas the Musnad divides the text towards the end
of Line 13 beginning with <J.
The remaining lines of the Musnad text constitute a gloss by Humayd on hadith
found earlier in the papyrus. These lines read:
. 4 - 1 OJCUII 1 Lai jSI I jiL Jh\j ^ 5 4 - a K l l e i A ^Jj (Jjja. (jjuiaJI Jli ^ L a ^ Jli
The former portion of this gloss ending with al-kalima is perhaps preserved in Line 11 of
the papyrus. The latter portion of this gloss (beginning with qad) is found in Line 13 of
the papyrus. The variants in the papyrus include (i) the lam before qad, (ii) the placing of
(x)Jil after ^ l ( j ) , whereas the Musnad situates the qad before wa Allah, (iii) the omission
in the papyrus of the final alif in l j*5, and (iv) the omission of the alif tanwin on
60
This gloss seems to be contained in Line 12 of the papyrus. The Musnad further
interpolates ~ J jr:- between Lines 6 and 7, which is not found in the papyrus. Line 7 of
the papyrus begins the line with III that is omitted from the Musnad. It is unclear whether
the words J1j9 -Y.l:! in Line 8 are in the papyrus. The qala on Line 9 of the papyrus is a
postulated ditto graph based on comparison with the Musnad. Line 10 of the papyrus
evidences a punctuation mark (0), whereas the Musnad divides the text towards the end
of Line 13 beginning with <\..:.
The remaining lines of the Musnad text constitute a gloss by Humayd on nadlth
found earlier in the papyrus. These lines read:
• .l...! .k....1 l~tS L..I~I IA iillJ ~ :i...J5.11 o~ ~ l.Jp- u-=JI J~ ~ ~
The former portion of this gloss ending with al-kalima is perhaps preserved in Line 11 of
the papyrus. The latter portion of this gloss (beginning with qad) is found in Line 13 of
the papyrus. The variants in the papyrus include (i) the tam before qad, (ii) the placing of
(~)-il after iill(J), whereas the Musnad situates the qad before wa Allah, (iii) the omission
in the papyrus of the final alifin I~, and (iv) the omission ofthe aliftanwln on LoIJit.
DOCUMENT 4: MS OR.P443
Identification
Date: Third/ninth century.2 1 4
Ms Or.P443 is a fragment of a hadith compiler's notes. 2 1 5 The matns and portions
of the isndds are preserved in the canonical hadith compilations (cf. Introduction). The
compiler hypothesis is buttressed by the fact that variant strains of isndds (including
differing spellings of the names of transmitters in analogous lines of transmission, e.g.,
Yahya b. 'Ubayd versus Yahya b. 'Abd Allah) are preserved one after the other in
successive order. Furthermore, analogous hadTths are grouped together by means of
punctuation (i.e., three overlapping circles OOO), indicating the hand of a compiler.
A peculiar feature of the hadTths in this papyrus is the commencement of each
hadith with the basmala, an element present in neither the canonical collections nor the
hadith al-qudsi. Perhaps, commensurable with the usage of the basmala attested to by
the reciters of Basra, Medina, and Syria, the basmala functions as a form of punctuation
Hanan Ahmad is credited with the identification of the hadith as canonical and with the reconstruction of Recto, Line 17. 2 1 4 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). 2 1 5 For the hypothesis that this fragment represents a scribal exercise, cf. Malczycki, 178. This hypothesis is supported by Sijpesteijn on the grounds that the beginning of the text (signaled by the basmala) is repeated by an unpracticed hand on a piece cut from a missive (Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008))).
DOCUMENT 4: MS 0R.P443213
Identification
Date: Third/ninth century.214
Ms Or.P443 is a fragment of a nadfth compiler's notes.2lS The matns and portions
of the isniids are preserved in the canonical nadfth compilations (cf. Introduction). The
compiler hypothesis is buttressed by the fact that variant strains of isniids (including
differing spellings of the names of transmitters in analogous lines of transmission, e.g.,
Yahya b. 'Ubayd versus Yahya b. 'Abd Allah) are preserved one after the other in
successive order. Furthermore, analogous nadfths are grouped together by means of
punctuation (i.e., three overlapping circles 000), indicating the hand of a compiler.
A peculiar feature of the nadfths in this papyrus is the commencement of each
nadfth with the basmala, an element present in neither the canonical collections nor the
nadfth al-qudsf. Perhaps, commensurable with the usage of the basmala attested to by
the reciters of Basra, Medina, and Syria, the basmala functions as a form of punctuation
213 Hanan Ahmad is credited with the identification of the nadfth as canonical and with the reconstruction of Recto, Line 17. 214 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008». 215 For the hypothesis that this fragment represents a scribal exercise, cf. Malczycki, 178. This hypothesis is supported by Sijpesteijn on the grounds that the beginning of the text (signaled by the basmala) is repeated by an unpracticed hand on a piece cut from a missive (Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008))).
62
7 1 f\
"written simply to separate the surahs, as well as for its blessing." In the case of Ms
Or.P443, the function of the basmala is to separate similar hadTths within a group.
Verso, Lines 1-4, 11, and 12 are either faded, water damaged, or they may have
been deliberately erased, but probably at one time contained a text related to the Recto.
This view is corroborated by the fact that Lines 10 and 11 have what appear to be
super/sub scripts that may reflect the remnants of the earlier document. Above the
palimpsest, the Verso constitutes a private letter. Multispectral Imaging (MSI) or an
infrared digital image might assist in the reading of the palimpsest.
Lastly, Ms Or.P443 is of particular significance as both isndds preserve the name
of Yusuf b. 'Adi, one of Bukhari's sources (cf. Comments Section). 2 1 7
Physical Description
Good quality brown papyrus 20.5 x 12.3 cm. Black ink.
Recto: Reconstruction of Recto (B) yields 17 lines. Margins: the right side is 1 cm, the
lower end is 3 cm, and the left side is negligible. In tolerably good condition.
Verso: Verso (A) yields 12 lines that are largely illegible. Left side is a fragment.
Beginning and right side are missing. Margins: the left side is 1.8 cm and the lower end
is 3 cm. In mediocre condition.
Ayoub, vol. 1, 46. In corroboration of the function of the basmala as a form of punctuation, a tradition on the authority of Ibn 'Abbas relates that ".. .the Apostle of God did not know the separation of one surah from another until the words, 'In the name of God, the All-Merciful, the Compassionate,' were revealed to him (Shawkani, I, p. 17)" (Ibid.). 2 1 7 Mark Muehlhaeusler is credited with identifying the significance of this personage (Personal e-mail correspondence (26 December 2007)).
62
"written simply to separate the surahs, as well as for its blessing.,,216 In the case of Ms
Or.P443, the function of the basmala is to separate similar liadlths within a group.
Verso, Lines 1-4, 11, and 12 are either faded, water damaged, or they may have
been deliberately erased, but probably at one time contained a text related to the Recto.
This view is corroborated by the fact that Lines 10 and 11 have what appear to be
super/sub scripts that may reflect the remnants of the earlier document. Above the
palimpsest, the Verso constitutes a private letter. Multispectral Imaging (MSI) or an
infrared digital image might assist in the reading of the palimpsest.
Lastly, Ms Or.P443 is of particular significance as both isnads preserve the name
of Yiisufb. 'AdI, one ofBukhiirI's sources (cf. Comments Section)?17
Physical Description
Good quality brown papyrus 20.5 x 12.3 cm. Black ink.
Recto: Reconstruction of Recto (B) yields 17 lines. Margins: the right side is 1 cm, the
lower end is 3 em, and the left side is negligible. In tolerably good condition.
Verso: Verso (A) yields 12 lines that are largely illegible. Left side is a fragment.
Beginning and right side are missing. Margins: the left side is 1.8 cm and the lower end
is 3 cm. In mediocre condition.
216 Ayoub, vol. 1,46. In corroboration of the function of the basmala as a form of punctuation, a tradition on the authority of Ibn 'Abbas relates that" ... the Apostle of God did not know the separation of one surah from another until the words, 'In the name of God, the All-Merciful, the Compassionate,' were revealed to him (Shawkani, I, p. 17)" (Ibid.). 217 Mark Muehlhaeusler is credited with identifying the significance of this personage (Personal e-mail correspondence (26 December 2007)).
63
Script
No diacritical points on the Recto. The Recto evidences parallel texts in two
hands. First hand, Lines 1-10; second hand, Lines 11-17. The first hand on the Recto is a
muilaq script. It is "a curvilinear script or a family of scripts using ligatures and hairlines
for joining letters together" and it represents a "common, popular class of scripts."2 1 8
The second hand is a naskhi script with marked angularity.2 1 9 Naskhi refers to
copying and transcription.2 2 0 The naskh based hand is of "an idiosyncratic (informal,
personal) nature." 2 2 1 Naskhi is to be differentiated from al-Naskh or Qalam al-Nussdkh
proper, which is a book hand belonging to the muhaqqaq family of scripts. 2 2 2 According
to Grohmann, al-Naskh is "presumably the predecessor of our well-known so-called
Naskhi, a type of hand used in copies and by copyists.. , . " 2 2 3
On the Verso, a third hand in a larger quickly executed script is present. Whereas
the Recto has no diacritics, the Verso has light dots in Line 5, marking either a.yd' or jim
(although these may be residual markings resulting from the palimpsest). Malczycki
observes that although it seems that two scribes were at work, "there is sufficient reason
to believe that a single scribe wrote the text in two scripts." 2 2 4 This conjecture is
extendable to the third hand on the Verso as well.
Punctuation includes three overlapping circles OOO (cf. Recto, Line 17) . 2 2 5 In
this case, they appear to separate groups of similar or parallel hadTths from other groups.
2 1 8 Gacek, 93. 2 1 9 Malczycki, 171. 2 2 0 Op ci t , 140. 2 2 1 Ibid. 2 2 2 Ibid., 139-140; Grohmann, World, 79. 2 2 3 Grohmann, World, 79. 2 2 4 Malczycki, 171. 2 2 5 Although three horizontal circles are recorded by Grohmann as indicating the end of a column or larger section, this type of overlapping punctuation is not recorded by Grohmann, cf. Op cit., 91-93.
63
No diacritical points on the Recto. The Recto evidences parallel texts in two
hands. First hand, Lines 1-10; second hand, Lines 11-17. The first hand on the Recto is a
mutlaq script. It is "a curvilinear script or a family of scripts using ligatures and hairlines
for joining letters together" and it represents a "common, popular class of scriptS.,,218
The second hand is a naskhl script with marked angularity.219 Naskhf refers to
copying and transcription.22o The naskh based hand is of "an idiosyncratic (informal,
personal) nature.,,221 Naskhl is to be differentiated from al-Naskh or Qalam al-Nussiikh
proper, which is a book hand belonging to the muliaqqaq family of scriptS.222 According
to Grohmann, al-Naskh is "presumably the predecessor of our well-known so-called
Naskhl, a type of hand used in copies and by copyists .... ,,223
On the Verso, a third hand in a larger quickly executed script is present. Whereas
the Recto has no diacritics, the Verso has light dots in Line 5, marking either aya' orjlm
(although these may be residual markings resulting from the palimpsest). Malczycki
observes that although it seems that two scribes were at work, "there is sufficient reason
to believe that a single scribe wrote the text in two scriptS.,,224 This conjecture is
extendable to the third hand on the Verso as well.
Punctuation includes three overlapping circles 000 (cf. Recto, Line 17).225 In
this case, they appear to separate groups of similar or parallel liadfths from other groups.
218 Gacek, 93. 219 Ma1czycki, 171. 220 Op cit., 140. 221 Ibid. 222 Ibid., 139-140; Grohmann, World,79. 223 Grohmann, World,79. 224 Ma1czycki, 171. 225 Although three horizontal circles are recorded by Grohmann as indicating the end of a column or larger section, this type of overlapping punctuation is not recorded by Grohmann, cf. Op cit., 91-93.
64
The basmala is employed to distinguish between similar hadTths within a group (cf.
Identification Section).
Text: Recto
[...] J - I [...] i [-][•••] 2
(JS)LJ (Uu^.)JI -J ( J ) [-][...] (V) 3
<•••> [ - ] * [ - ] (-) 4
OIC LUAA. < J l i >
(C5JIJII) < t > ^ t > > (c>)^.JII«...» 7 S J ^ > ^ 6 ° ^ 6 ° <LW> ( t 5 ^ 3 ) (0-)-^ 8
(C5_)<CL-a II)> (J^U.J) < J l i ^a> 9 ( J _ j i c (jx 4 i ^ a JFLJ) V IUIJ 1 0
p**-*l 11
^ . j l l Juc- (jC (jj (l_ibji)<JJ> (IJJ-^-) 12 J& i l l :UE (JFR C5 j l JLI (<>UL>)J 13
'jiJ* (Y^1 6 ° 0 14 ^lui j Ajlc i l l ^gl^a i l l 1 5
J_ol& o-(-*) ( A i ) A ^ . J - ( - j a j ) V J l i UiLo 16 OOO v<...>~ (JJ^-M j ^ ) 6 - V j 17
Text: Verso
<
<
<
<
[
( J O ) [...] <4J]C J ^AIT> [
4...]»[...] G > I - J ) [ - ] [ <...>V [...] < ' . & J LIDAI J i l l c*J> [
64
The basmala is employed to distinguish between similar nadfths within a group (cf.
Identification Section).
Text: Recto
Text: Verso
[ ... ] ~I [ ... ] 1 [---][ ... ] 2
(JiS)IJ (~)-11 A..1(J) [-][ .. . ] (~) 3 c.> [--]~I [---] (-) 4
<~.JI <'y=-.JI.&I ~> [ ... ] 5 .IF \ii.b. <JI.D 1.5 ~ IY. w.......J::l \ii.b. 6
(,?jI.JI) <~ LP> (0'>~.JI «. .. » 7 - ,b. I· .l..J.J1· .ll.lc. < . > ( ) ( . \..,. 8 o Y-..r- c,r. UC _. uc _. i.Y. ~ u-/ ~ <.&1> ('-5"")<...1....:. ,&1> (JY"-.J) <Jt! ~> 9
(J.,l6 0'> Aj~ c..4U) ~ rb J 10
(~).JI <.Y=-.J1 <.u.>JI ~ 11 ~ .J I .IF LP 1.5 ~ IY. (w...... )<.J::!> (\ii.b.) 12
LP.&I.lF IY. ~ LP (,?jl.JI (~)J 13 JY"(-.J) ul oY-Y> (c,r.1 UC ¥.I) 14
rbJ ~.&I ~.&I 15 J.,l6 0-( .... ) (Aj)~ J.(....,tii) ~ J\.3 ~ 16
000 v< ... >v (-.J~I ~) 0'> (o)L.a) ~J 17
c .. > 1 c .. > 2 c .. > 3 c .. > 4
[ .. . ] ()l)[-] (~I) <'&1 L:;, ul> [ ... ] 5 [ .. . ] 6
[ ... ](6. J) [ ... ] 7 (~) [ ... ] <~ J ~~> [ ... J 8
L[ ... J I [ ... J (0'> L.. J) [-] [ ... ] 9 v v [ J < t...iiS ~ > I ~ [ ] 10 < ••• > ..• . J J AU > ...
v c .. > v c.> 11 < ••. > 12
Translation: Recto
1 [.. .]&>[...] 2 [...] 3 (no) [...] and to him the (the half) and (more) [...] 4 [...] the [-]<...>
5 <In the name of God, the Beneficent, the Merciful> 6 It was related to us that Yiisuf b. 'Adi <said>: It was related to us by 'Abd 7 «...» (al-Rahman) <from Sulayman> (al-RazI) 8 from Yahya b. 'Ubayd from his father from Abu Hurayra 9 the (Messenger) <of God, blessings of God> and peace be upon him, <said>: 10 "There is no (acceptance of charity from ill-gotten gains)."
11 In the name of God, the Beneficent, the (Merciful). 12 (It was related to us by) <Ytisuf> b. 'AdI from 'Abd al-Rahlm 13 and Sulayman al-RazI from Yahya b. 'Abd Allah from 14 (his father from Abu) Hurayra that the (Messenger) 15 of God, blessings of God and peace be upon him, 16 said: "There is no (acceptance of charity from) ill-gotten gains 17 and no (prayer without ritual cleansing)." w<...>w OOO
Translation: Verso
1 <...>
2 <...>
3 <...>
4 <...>
5 [...] 6 [...] 7 [ . . j 8 [...] 9 [...] 10 [...]• 11 "<...>
12 <...>
.]<If God wills i t>[ . . . ]
65
Translation: Recto
1 [ ... ] do [ ... ] 2 [ ... ] 3 (no) [ ... ] and to him the (the half) and (more) [ ... ] 4 [ ... ] the [--] c .. >
5 <In the name of God, the Beneficent, the Merciful.> 6 It was related to us that yusufb. 'AdI <said>: It was related to us by 'Abd 7 « ... » (aI-Rahman) <from Sulayman> (al-RazI) 8 from Yahya b. 'Ubayd from his father from Abu Hurayra 9 the (Messenger) <of God, blessings of God> and peace be upon him, <said>: 10 "There is no (acceptance of charity from ill-gotten gains)."
11 In the name of God, the Beneficent, the (Merciful). 12 (It was related to us by) <Yusuf> b. 'AdI from 'Abd aI-RahIm 13 and Sulayman al-RazI from Yahya b. 'Abd Allah from 14 (his father from Abu) Hurayra that the (Messenger) 15 of God, blessings of God and peace be upon him, 16 said: "There is no (acceptance of charity from) ill-gotten gains 17 and no (prayer without ritual cleansing)." ~ c .. > ~ 000
Translation: Verso
1 c .. >
2 c .. >
3 c .. >
4 c .. >
5 [ ... ] <If God wills it> [ ... ] 6 [ ... ] 7 [ ... ] 8 [ ... ] <with you and upon you> [ ... ] (on) 9 [ ... ] (and) [ ... J 10 [ ... ] <God and \God\ protect you and wrote> [ ... ] ~ < ... > ~ 11 ~<...>~ c.> 12 < ... > (Figure 7 and Figure 8)
Figure 7. Ms Or.P443R Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure 7. Ms Or.P443R Rare Books Division Special Collections
1. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
66
Figure 8. Ms Or.P443V Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure 8. Ms Or.P443V Rare Books Division Special Collections
1. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
67
68
Comments
Recto, Line 1. LM: Arabic ablaut allows multiple significations for unmarked
LM, e.g., imperative (cJ*% first-person singular indicative (<J*% etc. Without context,
the meaning is indeterminate. Malczycki reads: J-*^.2 2 6
Recto, Line 2. [—][...]: Malczycki reads: I — [ ] <L> < J A ^ J . 2 2 7
itecfo, Line 3. ( j^) t j ( ^ o i ) J I <!(_>) [_][...] Malczycki reads: AJ j ) ] V
Recto, Line 4. <...> [-]¥! [—] (-): Malczycki reads: >V( j [U^l....] ^ . 2 2 9
Recto, between Lines 4 and 5, and Lines 10 and 11. The lines represent
postulated breaks which are not in the text of the papyrus. Given that each hadith in this
papyrus commences with the basmala, then Line 4 would mark the end of a hadith, as
line 5 begins with a postulated basmala. The same is true of Lines 10 and 11.
Recto, Line 5. < f^J" c>*\^ ^ ^i>: Standard phrase reconstructed from Line 11.
A peculiar feature of the hadiths in this papyrus is that they each commence with the
basmala (cf. Identification Section).
Recto, Lines 6 and 12. "Yusuf b. 'AdT: Yusuf b. 'AdI b. Zuraq b. Isma'Tl was a
reliable transmitter of hadith who resided in Egypt. Ibn Hibban in his al-Thiqat states
that Yusuf b. 'AdT died in 837 C.E./223 A.H 2 3 1 Ibn Yunis states that Yusuf b. 'AdI died in
the year 652 C.E./32 A . H . 2 3 2 Yusuf b. 'AdI was the rawi (transmitter) for Shank, Abu al-
2 2 6 Malczycki, 173. 2 2 7 Ibid. 2 2 8 Ibid. 2 2 9 Ibid. 2 3 0 Dhahabi, vol. 1,388. 2 3 1 Ibid. 2 3 2 Ibid.
68
Comments
Recto, Line 1. ~I: Arabic ablaut allows multiple significations for unmarked
~I, e.g., imperative (~J), first-person singular indicative (~1), etc. Without context,
the meaning is indeterminate. Malczycki reads: ~1.226
Recto, Line 2. [---][ ... ]: Malczycki reads: J1.s:. w...,.."g [ .....••. ] ~ t3~.227
Recto, Line 3. (fo)l.J (w.....:u.)..ll .u(.J) [-][ ... ] ('1): Malczycki reads: .u .J) ........ ] '1
(0 ).~ . .1:JI .J y ~ JI .228
Recto, Line 4. c.> [--]'11 [---] (-): Malczycki reads: y..'1I.J [4i.llI .... ] ~.229
Recto, between Lines 4 and 5, and Lines 10 and 11. The lines represent
postulated breaks which are not in the text of the papyrus. Given that each nadith in this
papyrus commences with the basmala, then Line 4 would mark the end of a nadith, as
line 5 begins with a postulated basmala. The same is true of Lines 10 and 11.
Recto, Line 5. <~)I l.J-=.)1 kl~: Standard phrase reconstructed from Line 11.
A peculiar feature of the nadiths in this papyrus is that they each commence with the
basmala (cf. Identification Section).
Recto, Lines 6 and 12. "yusufb. 'AdI": yusufb. 'AdI b. Zuraq b. Isma'TI was a
reliable transmitter of nadith who resided in Egypt.230 Ibn Hibban in his aZ-Thiqat states
that yusufb. 'AdI died in 837 c.E.l223 A.H.231 Ibn Yunis states that yusufb. 'AdI died in
the year 652 c.E.I32 A.H.232 yusufb. 'AdI was the rawi (transmitter) for ShanK:, Abu al-
226 Ma1czycki, 173. 227 Ibid. 228 Ibid. 229 Ibid. 230 Dhahabi, vol. 1,388. 231 Ibid. 232 Ibid.
69
Ahwas, et alia. Those who related traditions on his authority include BukharT (d. 870
C.E./256 A.H.), 'Umar b. 'Abd al-'Aziz b. Miqlas, Ya'qtib al-FasawI, et alia.234 In spite of
the contradictory dates of death, Yusuf b. 'AdI was nonetheless a source for BukharT.
Recto, Line 7. «...»: Malczycki reads: {AJI I } . 2 3 5
Recto, Line 7. <c>>: Alternative reconstruction: <oi>.
Recto, Line 8. Read: Malczycki reads: AJII ^ & . 2 3 6
Recto, Lines 8 and 14. "Abu Hurayra": Cf. Comments Section for Ms
Or.P365RrS, Line 11, and Comments Section for Ms Or.P173R, Lines 8, 10, and 12.
Recto, Line 12. 0-"-^): Malczycki reads: 2 3 7
Recto, Line 12. •^fr: Malczycki reads: Cy^J^ A p . 2 3 8
Recto, Line 13. "Yahya b. 'Abd Allah": Perhaps Yahya b. 'Abd Allah b. Bukayr
(771-845 C.E./155-231 A.H.), a muhaddith who heard the Muwatta' from Malik b. Anas
(c.715-796 C.E./96-179 A . H . ) . 2 3 9 He also heard from al-Layth, Ibn Wahb (cf. Ms
Or.P365RrS, Lines 1, 6, and 10), et alia.240 Those who transmit on the authority of
Yahya b. 'Abd Allah include BukharT, Harmala (cf. Ms Or.P518), Muhammad b. 'Abd
Allah b. Numayr, et alia.241 al-Nasa'T considers Yahya b. 'Abd Allah a weak
transmitter.2 4 2 Malczycki reads: 4-U1 ^ ot c s ^ . 2 4 3
2 3 3 Ibid. 2 3 4 Ibid. 2 3 5 Malczycki, 173. 2 3 6 Ibid. 2 3 7 Ibid. 2 3 8 Ibid. 2 3 9 Dhahabi, vol. 1, 398-399. 2 4 0 Ibid., 399. 2 4 1 Ibid. 2 4 2 Ibid. 2 4 3 Malczycki, 173.
69
Ahwas, et alia. 233 Those who related traditions on his authority include Bukhari (d. 870
C.E.l256 A.H.), 'Umarb. 'Abd al-'Azlz b. Miqlas, Ya'qub al-Fasawl, et alia.234 In spite of
the contradictory dates of death, yusufb. 'Adl was nonetheless a source for Bukhan.
Recto, Line 7. «. .. »: Ma1czycki reads: {<LllI} .235
Recto, Line 7. <uc>: Alternative reconstruction: <r:Y.>.
8 d .-, M I k' d <Llli 236 Recto, Line . ~: Rea :~. a czyc lfea s: ~.
Recto, Lines 8 and 14. "Abu Hurayra": Cf. Comments Section for Ms
Or.P365RrS, Line 11, and Comments Section for Ms Or.PI73R, Lines 8, 10, and 12.
Recto, Line 12. (liih): Ma1czycki reads: lii.b..3?37
Recto, Line 12. ~)I ¥-: Malczycki reads: 0-=-)1 ¥-.238
Recto, Line 13. "Yahya b. 'Abd Allah": Perhaps Yahya b. 'Abd Allah b. Bukayr
(771-845 c.E.l155-231 A.H.), a munaddith who heard the Muwatta' from Malik b. Anas
(c.715-796 c.E.l96-179 A.H.).239 He also heard from al-Layth, Ibn Wahb (cf. Ms
Or.P365RrS, Lines 1, 6, and 10), et alia.24o Those who transmit on the authority of
Yahya b. 'Abd Allah include Bukharl, tIarmala (cf. Ms Or.P518), Muhammad b. 'Abd
Allah b. Numayr, et alia. 241 al-Nasi'i'l considers Yahya b. 'Abd Allah a weak
tr 'tt 242 M I k' d <LllI.lJ..lC.· 243 ansml er. a czyc 1 rea s: .. LH~.
233 Ibid. 234 Ibid. 235 Malczycki, 173. 236 Ibid. 237 Ibid. 238 Ibid. 239 Dhahabl, vol. 1,398-399. 240 Ibid., 399. 241 Ibid. 242 Ibid. 243 Malczycki, 173.
70
Recto, Line 14. u1: Malczycki reads: cX
Recto, Line 17. §aldh is spelled with an alif(cf. Ms Or.P365R, Line 2, for Middle
Arabic spelling with wdw).
Verso, Line 5. ^>: Read: etA The hamza tends to be excluded in the language of
the papyri. 2 4 5
Verso, Line 10. < 4 ^ j u*Uaia.j ill Reconstruction of standard greeting
formula.2 4 6 Kataba is generally followed by the name of the author (fuldn) and the date
of composition.
244 Ibid. 2 4 5 Grohmann, World, 95. 2 4 6 For the characteristics of epistolary formulas, cf. Petra Sijpesteijn, "Shaping a Muslim State: Papyri Related to a Mid-eighth-century Egyptian Official" (Ph.D. diss., Princeton University, 2004), 196-197.
70
Recto, Line 14. 0\: Ma1czycki reads: J\3.244
Recto, Line 17. Salah is spelled with an alif (cf. Ms Or.P365R, Line 2, for Middle
Arabic spelling with waw).
Verso, Line 5. \..;.: Read: .. \..;.. The hamza tends to be excluded in the language of
the papyri.245
Verso, Line 10. <~J .ill.h." ~\ ~>: Reconstruction of standard greeting
fonnula.246 Kataba is generally followed by the name of the author ifulan) and the date
of composition.
244 Ibid. 245 Grohmann, World, 95. 246 For the characteristics of epistolary formulre, cf Petra Sijpesteijn, "Shaping a Muslim State: Papyri Related to a Mid-eighth-century Egyptian Official" (Ph.D. diss., Princeton University, 2004), 196-197.
DOCUMENT 5: MS OR.P518
Identification
Date: Third/ninth century.
Ms Or.P518 is significant for two reasons. First, preliminary observations indicate
that Ms Or.P518 contains a mixture of ta 'rikh (on the Recto) and tafsir (on the Verso).
The tafsir seems to be on Chapter 2, Verse 210 of the Qur'an}41 The exegesis of this
verse is peculiar, since it attributes anthropomorphic qualities to God, i.e., God is walking
under the shadow of the clouds.
With regard to tashbih (anthropomorphism), tafsir, and hadith, Joseph van Ess
states:
The Kur'an is by intention strongly transcendentalist; it does not, however, avoid anthropological language as a symbolic reference to God's actions and qualities. This was not in the beginning felt as a tension or contradiction. When Islam, however, expanded into the lands of the civilisations of the Ancient World, both transcendentalist and anthropomorphist tendencies were sharpened by the religious ideas prevailing in the new environment. Hadith, therefore, contains many anthropomorphist sayings, some of which are obviously exegetical whereas others go far beyond this. Early tafsir works were sometimes so strongly anthropomorphist that they had to be purged in later recensions (cf. e.g., Mukatil b. Sulayman24*).z*9
Hanan Ahmad is credited with the identification of the Qur'anic verse for this tafsir. 2 4 8 Abu '1-Hasan Muqatil b. Sulayman b. Basbir al-Azdl al-Khurasanl al-Balkhl (d. 767 C.E./150 A.H.) was a Qur'an commentator who was considered a weak traditionist and was also charged with "extreme anthropomorphism" (M. Plessner, "Muqatil b. Sulayman b. BashTr al-Azdf al-Khurasanl al-Balkhl," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonlme.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-5461 (26 February 2008)). Muqatil b. Sulayman composed three extant commentaries on the Qur'an that have been edited, these include: Tafsir Muqatil b. Sulayman (ed. 'Abd Allah Mafrmud Shahata (5 vols., Cairo, 1979-88)), Kitab Tafsir al-khams mi'at aya min al-Qur'an al-karim (ed. I. Goldfeld (Shfaram, 1980)), and Al-Ashbdh wa 'l-nazd'ir fi 7-Qur'an al-karim, (ed. 'A. M. Shahata (Cairo, 1975)) (Ibid.).
DOCUMENT 5: MS OR.P518
Identification
Date: Third/ninth century.
Ms Or.P518 is significant for two reasons. First, preliminary observations indicate
that Ms Or.P518 contains a mixture of ta'rfkh (on the Recto) and tafslr (on the Verso).
The tafsfr seems to be on Chapter 2, Verse 210 of the Qur'an.247 The exegesis of this
verse is peculiar, since it attributes anthropomorphic qualities to God, i.e., God is walking
under the shadow of the clouds.
states:
With regard to tashblh (anthropomorphism), tafsfr, and liadfth, Joseph van Ess
The ~ur'an is by intention strongly transcendentalist; it does not, however, avoid anthropological language as a symbolic reference to God's actions and qualities. This was not in the beginning felt as a tension or contradiction. When Islam, however, expanded into the lands of the civilisations of the Ancient W orId, both transcendentalist and anthropomorphist tendencies were sharpened by the religious ideas prevailing in the new environment. Ijadz!}L therefore, contains many anthropomorphist sayings, some of which are obviously exegetical whereas others go far beyond this. Early tafszr works were sometimes so strongly anthropomorphist that they had to be purged in later recensions (ef e.g., Mu/fiitil b. Sulaymiin248
).249
247 Hanan Ahmad is credited with the identification of the Qur'anic verse for this taftzr. 248 Abu 'I-Hasan Muqatil b. Sulayman b. Basmr al-AzdI al-Khurasani al-Balkhi (d. 767 c.E.l150 A.H.) was a Qur'iin commentator who was considered a weak traditionist and was also charged with "extreme anthropomorphism" (M. Plessner, "Muqatil b. Sulayman b. Bashlr al-AzdI al-KhurasanI al-BalkhI," Encyclopaedia of/slam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nllsubscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-5461 (26 February 2008)). Muqatil b. Sulayman composed three extant commentaries on the Qur'iin that have been edited, these include: Taftzr Muqiitil b. Sulaymiin (ed. 'Abd Allah Mabmud Shahiita (5 vols., Cairo, 1979-88)), Kitiib Taftzr al-khams mi'at iiya min al-Qur'iin al-karzm (ed. 1. Goldfeld (Shfaram, 1980», and AI-Ashbiih wa 'I-naiii'ir fi '1-Qur'iin aI-karIm, (ed. 'A. M. Shahiita (Cairo, 1975») (Ibid.).
72
The later major Qur 'an commentaries mirror the sentiments of Fakhr al-DIn Muhammad
b. 'Umar al-Razi (d. 1210 C.E./607 A.H.) whose al-Tafsir al-Kabir advances six arguments
addressing the issue of anthropomorphism.2 5 0 al-Razi concludes his commentary on
2:210 by stating that "God is not a body occupying a specific locus and therefore coming
and going cannot be ascribed to Him." 2 5 1
On the one hand, if Ms Or.P518 is considered an anthropomorphic reading of
2:210, that is, prior to the transcendentalist (tanzTh) turn in tafsir,252 this might indicate a
date prior to the mid-eighth century when the doctrine of the Mu'tazilites was officially
adopted by the ' Abbasid caliphate. On the other hand, the palasographic evidence, based
on the earliest usage of the miniature letters utilized in this papyrus, suggests a date of the
second half of the second/eighth century.2 5 3 Nevertheless, since internal evidence on the
basis of the isnad indicates that one of the transmitters, namely, Harmala b. 'Imran, died
in the year 858 C.E./243 A.H., the date of the third/ninth century is accordingly employed
here.
Ms Or.P518 is significant for a second reason, as it contains a hadith (Verso,
Lines 5 and 6) that is preserved in the Musnad of Ahmad b. Hanbal as well as in the
Tuhfat al-ashrdf bi-ma 'rifat al-atraf of Yusuf b. al-Zakl 'Abd al-Rahman al-MizzT (see
Comments Section).
J. van Ess, "TashbTh wa-Tanzih," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entiy?entry=islam_COM (26 February 2008). Emphasis added. 2 5 0 Ayoub, vol. 1, 212; Fakhr al-DIn Muhammad b. 'Umar al-Razi, al-Tafsir al-Kabir, vols. 5-6 (Beirut: Dar al-Kotob al-Ilmiyah, 2000), 180-186. 2 5 1 Ayoub, vol. 1,212. 2 5 2 van Ess, n.p. 2 5 3 Abbot, Studies, vol. 1, 61.
72
The later major Qur'an commentaries mirror the sentiments ofFakhr aI-DIn Muhammad
b. 'Umar al-RazI (d. 1210 c.E.l607 A.H.) whose al-TafslT al-Kablr advances six arguments
addressing the issue of anthropomorphism. 25o al-RazI concludes his commentary on
2:210 by stating that "God is not a body occupying a specific locus and therefore coming
and going cannot be ascribed to Him.,,251
On the one hand, if Ms Or.P518 is considered an anthropomorphic reading of
2:210, that is, prior to the transcendentalist (tanzlh) tum in tafslr,252 this might indicate a
date prior to the mid-eighth century when the doctrine of the Mu'tazilites was officially
adopted by the 'Abbasid caliphate. On the other hand, the palreographic evidence, based
on the earliest usage of the miniature letters utilized in this papyrus, suggests a date of the
second half of the second/eighth century.253 Nevertheless, since internal evidence on the
basis of the isnad indicates that one of the transmitters, namely, t=Iarmala b. 'lmran, died
in the year 858 c.E.l243 A.H., the date of the third/ninth century is accordingly employed
here.
Ms Or.P518 is significant for a second reason, as it contains a nadlth (Verso,
Lines 5 and 6) that is preserved in the Musnad of Ahmad b. t=Ianbal as well as in the
Tunfat al-ashraf bi-rna 'rifat al-atraf of Yusuf b. al-ZakI 'Abd aI-Rahman al-MizzI (see
Comments Section).
249 1. van Ess, "Tashbih wa-Tanzll," Encyclopaedia of Islam, eds. P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.n1/subscriber/entry?entry=isIam_ COM-I 190 (26 February 2008). Emphasis added. 250 Ayoub, vol. 1, 212; Fakhr aI-Din Muhammad b. 'Umar al-Razl, al-Tajsfr al-Kabfr, vols. 5-6 (Beirut: Dar al-Kotob al-Ilrniyah, 2000), 180-186. 251 b 1 Ayou ,vo . 1,212. 252 E van ss, n.p. 253 Abbot, Studies, vol. 1,61.
73
Physical Description
Good quality brown papyrus 20 x 9.6 cm. Black ink. A folio from a codex.
Recto: Reconstruction of Recto yields 15 lines. In good condition.
Verso: Reconstruction of Recto yields 17 lines. In good condition.
Script
The naskhi ductus is similar to that of Ms O.P173 (e.g., hr combination, *k>*).
A number of diacritical marks are evidenced, i.e., dotted £, \ <j, u, and LJ>. The
defective alifxs employed (cf. Recto, Line 7). Three horizontal dots are placed under sin
in proper nouns (cf. Verso, Lines 4 and 7). Three horizontal dots are placed above shin
(cf. Ms Or.P365). Grohmann states that "a short slanting dash very frequently used,
occurs over the Sin, when the dents of this letter are flattened in a cursive way to a mere
horizontal line...Sometimes an undulating line replaces the short dash...or even three
dots are placed side by side. It is clear that this practice.. .used for the dotting of the Shin,
is somewhat confusing."2 5 5
Miniature letters are placed under £, o*, and £ to assist in the prevention of
misreading the text . 2 5 6 In her study of PERF No. 665, Abbott notes that although this
device of miniatures freed the reader from certain errors, it nonetheless left certain other
letters to be determined by context alone, e.g., between ha and kha.251 In the case of this
papyrus, such a distinction is made clear with the indication of the kha with a diacritical
dot, as noted above. Abbott maintains that the distinction of letters by means of
2 5 4 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). 2 5 5 Grohmann, World, 86-87. 2 5 6 Abbott, Studies, vol. 1,61.
73
Physical Description
Good quality brown papyrus 20 x 9.6 cm. Black ink. A folio from a codex.254
Recto: Reconstruction of Recto yields 15 lines. In good condition.
Verso: Reconstruction of Recto yields 17 lines. In good condition.
The naskhl ductus is similar to that ofMs Or.P173 (e.g., nr combination, 4.1...>='").
A number of diacritical marks are evidenced, i.e., dotted Y, (, ~, J, u, and tj. The
defective ali/is employed (cf. Recto, Line 7). Three horizontal dots are placed under sfn
in proper nouns (cf. Verso, Lines 4 and 7). Three horizontal dots are placed above shln
(cf. Ms Or.P365). Grohmann states that "a short slanting dash very frequently used,
occurs over the Sin, when the dents of this letter are flattened in a cursive way to a mere
horizontal line ... Sometimes an undulating line replaces the short dash ... or even three
dots are placed side by side. It is clear that this practice ... used for the dotting of the Shin,
is somewhat confusing. ,,255
Miniature letters are placed under (, 0"'", and t to assist in the prevention of
misreading the text.256 In her study of PERF No. 665, Abbott notes that although this
device of miniatures freed the reader from certain errors, it nonetheless left certain other
letters to be determined by context alone, e.g., between na and kha.257 In the case of this
papyrus, such a distinction is made clear with the indication of the kha with a diacritical
dot, as noted above. Abbott maintains that the distinction of letters by means of
254 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). 255 Grohmann, World, 86-87. 256 Abbott, Studies, vol. 1, 61. 257 Ibid.
74
miniature letters, initially used to distinguish ha" and 'ayn, was later extended to sad and
id \ 2 5 8 It must be noted however, that Ms Or.P518 does not mark the id' with a miniature
letter.
Furthermore, as opposed to Abbott's fragment of the Sira that exclusively utilizes
the miniature letters for proper nouns of persons and places, this papyrus employs the
miniatures in proper nouns (cf. Verso, Line 7), common nouns (cf. Verso, Lines 10 and
12), and verbs (cf. Recto, Line 14) . 2 5 9 According to Abbott, the earliest usage of the
miniature letters is evidenced in the second half of the second/eighth century.
Diacritical short vowel signs, including fatha ('), kasra (,), and dhamma (), found
in the original are marked as such in the edited text. Grohmann states that "[t]he
invention of vowel signs (harakdt) in the form still used is ascribed to Khalil ibn Ahmad
(d. 170 A.H. 786/87 A.D.). They frequently occur in literary papyri of the second and third
centuries of the Higra, but are sometimes even added in private letters and documents."
Punctuation includes O with a downward radial line which separates sections.
The earliest case for this device in the shape of an inverted heart, with or without a
vertical line intersecting the middle, in lieu of the circle with or without a dot, is dated to
the first half of the third/ninth century.2 6 2
Certain features of the ductus of Ms Or.P518 and Ms Or.P173 parallel those of the
famous and most complete (106 plus folios) extant Arabic papyri of the hadith codex of
'Abd Allah b. Wahb (cf. Ms Or.P365), entitled the Jami '.263
2 5 8 Ibid. 2 5 9 Ibid. 2 6 0 Ibid. 2 6 1 Grohmann, World, 87. 2 6 2 0 p c i t . 2 6 3 cf. Ibn Wahb.
74
miniature letters, initially used to distinguish nii' and 'ayn, was later extended to §iid and
fii '.258 It must be noted however, that Ms Or.P5I8 does not mark the fii' with a miniature
letter.
Furthermore, as opposed to Abbott's fragment of the SEra that exclusively utilizes
the miniature letters for proper nouns of persons and places, this papyrus employs the
miniatures in proper nouns (cf. Verso, Line 7), common nouns (cf. Verso, Lines 10 and
12), and verbs (cf. Recto, Line 14).259 According to Abbott, the earliest usage of the
miniature letters is evidenced in the second half of the second/eighth century?60
Diacritical short vowel signs, includingfatna n, kasra C), and dhamma n, found
III the original are marked as such in the edited text. Grohmann states that "[t]he
invention of vowel signs (fiarakfit) in the form still used is ascribed to Khalil ibn Anmad
(d. 170 A.H. 786/87 A.D.). They frequently occur in literary papyri of the second and third
centuries of the Higra, but are sometimes even added in private letters and documents.,,261
Punctuation includes 0 with a downward radial line which separates sections.
The earliest case for this device in the shape of an inverted heart, with or without a
vertical line intersecting the middle, in lieu of the circle with or without a dot, is dated to
the first half ofthe third/ninth century?62
Certain features of the ductus ofMs Or.P518 and Ms Or.P173 parallel those of the
famous and most complete (106 plus folios) extant Arabic papyri of the nadfth codex of
'Abd Allah b. Wahb (cf. Ms Or.P365), entitled the Jiimi ,.263
258 Ibid. 259 Ibid. 260 Ibid. 261 Grohmann, World, 87. 262 Op cit. 263 cf. Ibn Wahb.
75
David-Weill states that three distinct hands were at work in the codex of the
Jami'. The Ibn Wahb papyri also evidence miniature letters under £, and u^>. Whereas
Ms Or.P518 utilizes all three of these miniatures, Ms Or.P173 does not employ the
miniatures (except perhaps in one case). So, the Ibn Wahb papyri are closer to Ms
Or.P518 than Ms O.P173. Two differences between Ms O.P518 and Ms Or.P173
include: first, Ms Or.P518 uses vowel markings as opposed to Ms Or.P173 which has but
one uncertain case; second, the letters dotted in Ms Or.P518 and Ms Or.P173 are at
variance with one another and do not correspond. Nonetheless, the hr combination
indicates that Ms Or.P518 and Ms Or.P173 are somehow related.
Text: Recto
[...] ^ j > f [ ] 1 [...] o^Q) [...] 2
[-••] [--] < ^ > 4 J | ] 3 [•••] (-* ?*)J^J f^(j)<^J> [...] 4
[...] < l > J i [ - ] J±J [--] [...] 5
[...][ ] c > M > - » ul cL(+}i (^ )<^0>[ .„] 6 lie (jj (j -uil tjljAC. <L»j=>. <C5jj.i».> Jta O <-ij?-uJI> 7
<<JJ>[ . . . ] <&>\*J (f-)-* <JjSj i l u -OJ l j ja^Jl (^ .^ ( - j ) <y>l viaII Cjao 8
[...] (') (J^a t ^ l a o^a.j (j-aUSI £ j t^ic (Ja^ IJI j l £ 1 j
[...] ( J ) L?^ ^ 4>*W iJJ^I ( J 1 ^ VIj) 12 [...] tihjc. (jA ( I j^-^i . ) lila UJ-**^ ^ •*-[--]' 13
[...] <<&>! Jlaa (j:jlajaSI j o J - < J I taA-> SaJa jLual Al 1 4
[...] <t*U>i Ciui L» j t J l l <j U (AjIc IjSi) j l i 1 5
Text: Verso
[ • • • ] [ - ] K 1 ) * ' [ - - ] [•••] 3 [. . .](-e-)vi(L»-*jS)ijj[. . .] 4
7S
David-Weill states that three distinct hands were at work in the codex of the
Jami '. The Ibn Wahb papyri also evidence miniature letters under C, t, and ,-""". Whereas
Ms Or.P518 utilizes all three of these miniatures, Ms Or.PI73 does not employ the
miniatures (except perhaps in one case). So, the Ibn Wahb papyri are closer to Ms
Or.P5I8 than Ms Or.PI73. Two differences between Ms Or.P5I8 and Ms Or.P173
include: first, Ms Or.P5I8 uses vowel markings as opposed to Ms Or.P 173 which has but
one uncertain case; second, the letters dotted in Ms Or.P5I8 and Ms Or.PI73 are at
variance with one another and do not correspond. Nonetheless, the lir combination
indicates that Ms Or.P5I8 and Ms Or.PI73 are somehow related.
Text: Recto
Text: Verso
[ ... ] ~ J fi,t.[ ... ] I [ ... ] [-] yillJ ~(I) [ ... ] 2
[ ... ] [--] <LH> ~ ~.ul u[ ... ] 3 [ ... ] (~~ ))_!..)IJ ~(J)~Y [ ... ] 4
[ ... ] <I> Jj [---] ).:.. J [--] [ ... ] S [ ... ] [ ---------------] uk y Ji.J1 ~(......a:i) ul J.( -+ p (~)<.........:i>[ ... ] 6
[ ... ]JI ~ l>! ~I l? uI...>=- l>! 4.Lo ~ <~h> Jj 0 <..) ~I> 7 <Jy.oy[ ... ] (.l.~ ~ <w>ti.) (r}-A <~J ~JIJ ~I (u-}+(~) <(.»1..»0-11 W:...:i 8
[ ... ] <~ (.,?!1l>!1> (~.i1) l? Ulj-<IC l>!:u...~ Jj 0 <~J ,*+>Jc.&1 <~>.&I 9 [ ... ]..! 0-> ~ ';lJ ~1.Sj c:::~ ';lJ ~d>L.:::. ..)[---] 10
[ ... ] (I) Jj9 ~ O~J ,-"""WI LH J~ uk~..) Ijl ulS. 11 [ ... ] (J) Jy:.:. ~ rl3 ~.)A4 yl..kJl LH ~ (~I w,us ';lIJ) 12
[ ... ] ~~ 0-> (I..,.".. y...) Ijti UJ~ Lc.S. oWti .l.[ --] I ~ 13 [ ... ] <.&>1 jk:.. JW ~yJl.J:l-'>l<J1 ~l>..h'...)~.u c.r~ 14
[ ... ] <.ill>j ~ l.. JI Jt! ~ ~ l.. (~ 1ft) ul9 15
[ ... J (~~) ~ [ ... ] I [ ... ] [-]1 (~h) J [-J~>[-] [ ... ] 2
[ ... ][--] ~';ll o(~}-A 1[--] [ ... ] 3 [ .•• ] (....<> ~)';ll (l>! 4) IJJ [ ... ] 4
76
[».] ["] <u&*> & O L t i W i p ) [. [...] [-] ((> ^ ^ L ^ - ^ j t>li^)j ^<-*^->l>la O^jIC jjLa [.
[•••] [ ] ( ^ ) < ^ > ^ < ^ > (c^-P c> [-] j j U-(:)(-*)J < > U ^ c*1 CR L[-(jfuia. !>L>J (f-y^- <4JLLL gjl <JJ C 5 1>(_&) <jl jlj-a& <jj JLaja. <(JJli=>.> [.
j l J Jil j l j al Li} J Laj (jL(-£) <&l Li La ^Jj_(.£l)l [. (-y)<j_>(_^) j & j i i^<aL>-^Lu <jI(j) j s jjs cr[.
[...] l5J^I <&! J_*">J JJAJ ^ » L I J J <Jj-(_«_)_A [_] [...] <
[...] (JitoJ) ^ L ( _ L ) ^ Jla (»)^ T > T > c r ( - : H l [.. UI (J15 JUXA. (jj JAIL<-ju)> (JC jlj-AC (JJ Alaj^K. J\i (O) [..
^Laiil QA Jiii t JLAJ «c>_LJI Jjal J i l l j (<iJ)<l>[..
[•••] [-]'[-] djffl [••
Translation: Recto
1 [...] day and night [...] 2 [...] the sun and the moon [...] 3 [...] 'Umar <b>heard [...] 4 [... ] their <faces> and (their) backs [... ] 5 [...] they were scared [...] said [...] 6 [...]<you make prostrations> (before) you pray the sunset prayer [...] 7 <the prostrations> O It was related to me that Harmala b. 'Imran said from Ishaq
b. 'Abdal-[. . .] 8 under the <scales> (between) the stone and the <dead and a grave> (they are)
<corpses of the dead> in [...] <the Messenger> 9 of God <praise of> God on him and peace O Harmala b. 'Imran said from (Yazid)
<b. AbiHabTb> 10 <the thing she is looking for> and her Zakat does not need to be paid and prevent
her from [...] 11 When he used to enter where 'Arm* b. al-'As was, he used to find him reclining,
then he told him [...] 12 and otherwise I will write to 'Umar b. Khattab about your issues, so ' Amr did not
care [...] 13 [...] Sit just as they sit, so if they leave from your place [...] 14 so it was appealed to him, so he became <in need of the> Commander of the
Faithful and said: "God forbid!" 15 so in this case (read back to him) what was written, he said: "Did I not make
<that> clear" [...]
76
[ ... ] [-] <~~> JIj 0 ~1.i.(JI) [ ... ] 5 [ ... ] [-] (0-'> 0-pl(~J ~ti...,)J LM-~.1:.\j ~ ~ [ ... ] 6
[ ... ] [----] (~)<.l.:JI> 14-<-1> (~)JI LP [-]jJ 4()(J)1 < >0":k. 011 LP l[ ... ] 7 All ~~.J (r-)JC <~lb ~I 01 ~>(..c) ul ul.>= 01 Ua..?- <~.b.> [ ... ] 8
ul ~I ~ ~ ~ ~ \..oJ ul(..s) All t..:;, \..0 1":l.>(...s..I)1 [ ... ] 9 (.1:.1)<.»(-,-,,» ~ tsU ul 4-<4>-'"='~ hi Y. ~I(j) ~ y!. 0-'>J '='[ ... ] 10 [ ... ] <-:$.>"1 ~ All JY-".J J~ yk 01 (~)..c w{..a. .. ~ [-] [ ... ] <~> 11 ~ (4..#) 2;:i....:.:i..<-:l ':{I> {' J:l A JF; J ':{ ...>:PJI ..,.:1 Ul JU ~.il> [ ... ] 12
[ ... ] (J;hj) ~..A)~I ~ l(-l-}£ J1j (o)~ LP ~I LP ,=,(-:)-0-11 01 [ ... ] 13 ~ J1j ~ 01 A<.......> LP ul.>= 01 Ua..?-~.b. JIj (0) [ ... ] 14
rl.oi.ll 0-'> Jll;. ~ ~ <4...>..lJI Ji!1 ..;UlIJ (~)<I>[ ... ] 15 [ ... ] [-] 1[-] ul.;11 [ ... ] 16
[ ... ][---] (...:J)I (~)<..!> [ ... ] 17
Translation: Recto
1 [ ... J day and night [ ... ] 2 [ ... ] the sun and the moon [ ... J 3 [ ... J 'Umar <b.> heard [ ... ] 4 [ ... J their <faces> and (their) backs [ ... J 5 [ ... J they were scared [ ... ] said [ ... J 6 [ ... J<you make prostrations> (before) you pray the sunset prayer [ ... J 7 <the prostrations> 0 It was related to me that Harmala b. 'Imran said from Ishaq
b. 'Abd al-[ ... ] 8 under the <scales> (between) the stone and the <dead and a grave> (they are)
<corpses of the dead> in [ ... J <the Messenger> 9 of God <praise of> God on him and peace 0 Harmala b. 'Imran said from (Yazld)
<b. AbI HabIb> 10 <the thing she is looking for> and her Zakat does not need to be paid and prevent
her from [ ... J 11 When he used to enter where' Amr b. al-' A~ was, he used to find him reclining,
then he told him [ ... ] 12 and otherwise I will write to 'Umar b. Khatiab about your issues, so 'Amr did not
care [ ... ] 13 [ ... ] Sit just as they sit, so if they leave from your place [ ... J 14 so it was appealed to him, so he became <in need of the> Commander ofthe
Faithful and said: "God forbid!" 15 so in this case (read back to him) what was written, he said: "Did I not make
<that> clear" [ ... J
77
Translation: Verso
1 [...] everything in [...] 2 [...] and it was related to me [...] 3 [...] this verse [...] 4 and[. . . ](Ibn)al-Asqa' [...] 5 [...] the two partitions 0 <It was related to me> [...] said [...] 6 [...] he had treated them well and <he fed them> and (quenched their thirst and
clothed them from) [...] 7 [...] from Ibn 'Adas (al)-[...] from the (Prophet) <in> this <hadTth> [...] 8 [...] <it was related to me> Harmala b. 'Imran that <'A1T b. AbT Talib> (taught a
man to say "God the Generous is enough for me" 9 [...] whatever God wills, will be and whatever he does not will, will never be. I
bear witness that 10 [...] and who from the evil of every creature that <he controls> that God on <the
straight path> 11 [...] (I heard 'Uqba) b. 'Amir say the Messenger of God every person [...] 12 [...] <Yazid> said that no day passed <without> Abu al-Khayr <giving charity,>
(if only) a biscuit 13 [...] b. al-[...] from his father from (his) grandfather said (we used to) in (the
Days of Ignorance) (preserve) [...] 14 [...] (O) Said it was related to me Harmala b. 'Imran from Sulaymanb.
Humayd/Hamld said I heard 15 [...] <the> heaven and the fire, God came walking under a shade of clouds 16 [.. .]the Quran [...] 17 [...] <so> (he prayed) [...] (Figure 9 and Figure 10)
Comments
Recto, Line 3. '"Umar <b.>": Cf. Comments, Recto, Line 12 (below).
Recto, Lines 7 and 9, and Verso, Lines 8 and 14. "Harmala b. 'Imran": Abu
'Abd Allah Harmala b. Yahya b. 'Abd Allah b. Harmala b. 'Imran b. Kurad al-Tujibi al-
Zumayll (782/3-858 C.E./166-243 A.H.) was an adherent of al-Shafi'I and a traditionist of
great mer i t . 2 6 4 He wrote the Mabsiit (Extensive) and the Mukhtasir (Abridgment)
Ibn Khallikan, vol. 1, 369-370.
Translation: Verso
1 [ ... ] everything in [ ... ] 2 [ ... ] and it was related to me [ ... ] 3 [ ... ] this verse [ ... ] 4 and [ ... ] (Ibn) al-Asqa' [ ... ] 5 [ ... ] the two partitions 0 <It was related to me> [ ... ] said [ ... ] 6 [ ... ] he had treated them well and <he fed them> and (quenched their thirst and
clothed them from) [ ... ] 7 [ ... ] from Ibn 'Adas (al)-[ ... ] from the (Prophet) <in> this <nad"ith> [ ... ]
77
8 [ ... ] <it was related to me> fIarmala b. 'Imran that <'All b. AbI ralib> (taught a man to say "God the Generous is enough for me"
9 [ ... ] whatever God wills, will be and whatever he does not will, will never be. I bear witness that
10 [ ... ] and who from the evil of every creature that <he controls> that God on <the straight path>
11 [ ... ] (I heard 'Uqba)b. 'Amir say the Messenger of God every person [ ... ] 12 [ ... ] <YazId> said that no day passed <without> Abu al-Khayr <giving charity,>
(if only) a biscuit 13 [ ... ] b. aI-[ ... ] from his father from (his) grandfather said (we used to) in (the
Days of Ignorance) (preserve) [ ... ] 14 [ ... ] (0) Said it was related to me fIarmala b. 'Imran from Sulayman b.
fIumaydIt=IamId said I heard 15 [ ... ] <the> heaven and the fire, God came walking under a shade of clouds 16 [ ... ] the Quran [ ... ] 17 [ ... ] <so> (he prayed) [ ... ] (Figure 9 and Figure 10)
Comments
Recto, Line 3. "'Umar <b.>": Cf. Comments, Recto, Line 12 (below).
Recto, Lines 7 and 9, and Verso, Lines 8 and 14. "fIarmaia b. 'Imran": Abu
'Abd Allah fIarmaia b. Yahya b. 'Abd Allah b. fIarmaia b. 'Imran b. Kurad aI-TujIbI aI-
Zumayll (782/3-858 c.E.l166-243 A.H.) was an adherent of aI-Shafi'I and a traditionist of
great merit. 264 He wrote the Mabsiit (Extensive) and the Mukhtasir (Abridgment)
264 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 1,369-370.
Figure 9. MsOr .P518R Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure 9. Ms Or.P518R Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
78
79
Figure 10. MsOr.P518V Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure 10. Ms Or.P518V Rare Books Division Special Co\1ections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
79
80
addressing the subject of traditions. Harmala is cited as an authority in the §ahih of
Musl im b . al-Hajjaj (c.821-875 C.E./C.202-261 A.H. ) . 2 6 6 Harmala transmitted on the
authority of Ibn Wahb (cf. M s Or.P365), et alia.261 Cf. Comments Section for M s
O . P 4 4 3 R , Line 13.
Recto, Line 7. < j ^ - l : Defective alif. Read: JVa^il.
Recto, Lines 8 and 9. A ^ > J C &\ < c s l*-a> M < J _ ^ j > : Reconstruction of
standard phrase that continues from the end of Line 8 to the beginning of Line 9.
Recto, Line 9 and Verso, Line 12. "(Yazld) <b. Ab l HabTb>": Cf. Comments
Section for M s Or.P173R, Line 18, and Comments Section for M s Or.P365R, Line 1.
Recto, Lines 11 and 12. ' " A m r b . a l - 'As" : ' A m r b . a l 'As (al- 'Asi) (d. 664 C.E./43
A.H.) was the famous conqueror of Egypt (cf. M s O . P 3 6 5 ) .
Recto, Line 12. ' " U m a r b. Khattab": Cf. Comments Section for M s Or.P173R,
Line 18.5.
Recto, Line 13. "Si t" - imperative mood.
Verso, Lines 5 and 6. This hadith (the incipit of which reads: A! j l£ <>
f+Ac is traced to 'Uqba b . 'Amir by Yusuf b . al-Zakl 'Abd al-Rahman al-MizzT
(1256-1341 C.E./654-742 A.H.) in his Tuhfat al-ashraf bi-ma'rifat al-atraf.26s 'Uqba b .
'Amir is the same authority later cited in Verso, Line 11 (cf. M s Or.P365RrS, Line 2).
Furthermore, this hadith is preserved in the Musnad of Ahmad b . Hanbal (780-855
2 6 5 Ibid., 369. 2 6 6 Ibid. 2 6 7 DhahabI, vol. 1,428. 2 6 8 Yusuf b. al-Zakl 'Abd al-Rahman al-Mizzi, Faharis tuhfat al-ashraf bi-ma 'rifat al-atrdf vol. 2 (Beirut: Mu'assasat al-Kutub at-Thaqafiya, 1990), 502.
80
addressing the subject of traditions.265 fIarmala is cited as an authority in the $alrili of
Muslim b. aI-fIajjaj (c.821-875 c.E.lc.202-261 A.H.).266 fIarmala transmitted on the
authority of Ibn Wahb (cf. Ms Or.P365), et alia. 267 Cf. Comments Section for Ms
Or.P443R, Line 13.
Recto, Line 7. ~I: Defective alif Read: ~6.....I.
Recto, Lines 8 and 9. <~-' ~>.b .ilil <~> .ilil <J..,....,y: Reconstruction of
standard phrase that continues from the end of Line 8 to the beginning of Line 9.
Recto, Line 9 and Verso, Line 12. "(Yazld) <b. Abi fIabTh>": Cf. Comments
Section for Ms Or.PI73R, Line 18, and Comments Section for Ms Or.P365R, Line 1.
Recto, Lines 11 and 12. '''Amrb. aI-'A~": 'Amrb. al'A~ (al-'A~l) (d. 664 c.E.l43
A.H.) was the famous conqueror of Egypt (cf. Ms Or.P365).
Recto, Line 12. "'Umar b. KhaUab": Cf. Comments Section for Ms Or.PI73R,
Line 18.5.
Recto, Line 13. "Sit" - imperative mood.
Verso, Lines 5 and 6. This nadfth (the incipit of which reads: wU:":")Ci.u ulS ()A
~ ~) is traced to 'Uqba b. 'Amir by Yusuf b. aI-Zaki 'Abd aI-Rahman al-Mizzl
(1256-1341 c.E./654-742 A.H.) in his Tunfat al-ashriif bi-rna 'rifat al-atriif268 'Uqba b.
'Amir is the same authority later cited in Verso, Line 11 (cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Line 2).
Furthermore, this nadfth is preserved in the Musnad of Ahmad b. fIanbaI (780-855
265 Ibid 369 266 Ibid:' .
267 DhahabI, vol. 1,428.
268 YusUfb. al-ZakI 'Abd aI-Rahman al-MizzI, Fahiiris tunfat al-ashraf bi-rna 'rifat al-atraf, vol. 2 (Beirut: Mu'assasat al-Kutub at-Thaqafiya, 1990),502.
81
C.E./l64-241 A.H.) . 2 6 9 Ibn Hanbal also cites 'Uqba b . 'Amir as a transmitter. 7 0 The
Musnad reads:
Ferso, I w e 6. " T h e m ' V T h e i r " - feminine plural.
Verso, Line 7. < >: Postulated spacing.
Verso, Line 7. "<'A1I b . Abl Talib>": Cf. Comments Section for M s O . P 1 7 3 R ,
Line 8.
Verso, Lines 10 and 11. < ^ & u u > > ( l > 1 ) < > > ( - u - a ) : Reconstructed standard phrase
that continues from the end of Line 10 to the beginning of Line 11 .
Verso, Line 11. " ( 'Uqba) b . 'Amir" : Cf. Comments Section for M s Or.P365RrS,
Line 2.
Verso, Line 11. L5J*\: Read: tt/J*\. The hamza tends to be excluded in the
language of the papyri , and only on occasion is it substituted with a non-emphatic ha \ 2 7 2
Verso, Line 12. u1: Peculiar, perhaps archaic construction with an. The an
should follow Abu al-Khayr or it should be preceded by another qala or hadathna. The
normalized reading would be: <YazTd> qala Abu al-Khayr qala/hadathna an la.... Cf.
M s Or.P205V, Lines 5, 7, and 10.
Verso, Line 14. (y^-<^>: Defective alif.
Verso, Line 14. A w Read: Afe^ or 4*^.
Verso, Line 15. <A->AJI- . The reconstruction of ha' in Allah is based upon a
comparison of the word Allah in Verso, Lines 8, 9, 10, and 11. The reading of <^->-i-il as
2 6 9 Ibn Hanbal, Musnad, vol. 4, 154. 2 7 0 Ibid. 2 7 1 Ibid. 2 7 2 Grohmann, World, 95.
81
C.E.l164-241 A.H.).269 Ibn ftanbal also cites 'Uqba b. 'Amir as a transmitter.270 The
Musnad reads:
Verso, Line 6. "Them"/"Their" - feminine plural.
Verso, Line 7. < >: Postulated spacing.
Verso, Line 7. "<'All b. AbI 'falib>": Cf. Comments Section for Ms Or.PI73R,
Line 8.
Verso, Lines 10 and 11. <~> (..bl)<»(.........:»: Reconstructed standard phrase
that continues from the end of Line 10 to the beginning of Line 11.
Verso, Line 11. "('Uqba) b. 'Amir": Cf. Comments Section for Ms Or.P365RrS,
Line 2.
Verso, Line 11. tSyl: Read: ftSY!. The hamza tends to be excluded in the - -language of the papyri, and only on occasion is it substituted with a non-emphatic hii ,?n
Verso, Line 12. 01: Peculiar, perhaps archaic construction with an. The an
should follow Abu al-Khayr or it should be preceded by another qiila or nadathnii. The
normalized reading would be: <Yazld> qiila Abu al-Khayr qiilalnadathnii an la .... Cf.
Ms Or.P205V, Lines 5,7, and 10.
Verso, Line 14. 04<"""">: Defective alif
Verso, Line 14. ~: Read: ~ or~.
Verso, Line 15. <4..>...l.JI: The reconstruction of hii' in Allah is based upon a
comparison of the word Allah in Verso, Lines 8, 9, 10, and 11. The reading of <4..>...l.J1 as
269 Ibn Hanbal, Musnad, vol. 4, 154. 270 Ibid. 271 Ibid. 272 Grohmann, World,95.
82
opposed to the alternative reading of ^ is supported b y the fact that although the papyrus
is damaged where the ha' would stand, the papyrus nevertheless evidences residual ink
markings of another letter. For a comparison of the usage of final niin-ha' combination
of cf. the rasm of ^ ( ^ ) (Verso, Line 10). Above this line is an example of &\ (Verso,
Line 10) for direct comparison.
Verso, Line 16. U ' J ^ : Normalized spelling. Cf. M s Or.P365RrS, Line 3, for
another case of this normalized spelling. Cf. M s Or.P205V, Line 9, for irregular, archaic
spelling with waw.
82
opposed to the alternative reading of <\..il is supported by the fact that although the papyrus
is damaged where the ha' would stand, the papyrus nevertheless evidences residual ink
markings of another letter. For a comparison of the usage of final nun-ha' combination
of <\..iI, cf. the rasm of ~I(~) (Verso, Line 10). · Above this line is an example of ~I (Verso,
Line 10) for direct comparison.
Verso, Line 16. uly.ll: Normalized spelling. Cf. Ms Or.P365RrS, Line 3, for
another case of this normalized spelling. Cf. Ms Or.P205V, Line 9, for irregular, archaic
spelling with waw.
D O C U M E N T 6: M S OR.P521
Identification
Date: Late second/eighth or early third/ninth cen tu ry . 2 7 3
M s Or.P521 is representative of a fully developed tradition of prophetic logia
{hadith) that addresses the themes of divorce, temporary marriage, and piety in general.
Physical Description
Good quality b rown papyrus 10.9 x 14 cm. Black ink.
Recto: Recto yields 12 lines. In tolerably good condition.
Verso: Verso yields 10 lines. In tolerably good condition.
Script
The angular naskhT s c r i p t 2 7 4 seems more archaic than M s Or.P518 and Ms
Or.P173. Petra Sijpesteijn maintains that the palaeography indicates a mixture of styles
and letter forms that range from hijazT to a much more cursive s t y l e . 2 7 5 Sijpesteijn further
notes that the hands on the Recto and Verso seem to differ . 2 7 6 A number of diacritical
marks are employed, i.e., dotted ^ , j , u, and L$. The yd' is pointed with two dots, one
vertically be low the other (cf., Verso, Lines 2 and 3). According to Grohmann, in the
2 7 3 Malczycki, 168. 2 7 4 Ibid., 164. 2 7 5 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). 2 7 6 Ibid.
DOCUMENT 6: MS OR.P52I
Identification
Date: Late second/eighth or early third/ninth century.273
Ms Or.P52I is representative of a fully developed tradition of prophetic logia
(liadlth) that addresses the themes of divorce, temporary marriage, and piety in general.
Physical Description
Good quality brown papyrus 10.9 x 14 cm. Black ink.
Recto: Recto yields 12 lines. In tolerably good condition.
Verso: Verso yields 10 lines. In tolerably good condition.
The angular naskhl script 274 seems more archaic than Ms Or.P5I8 and Ms
Or.PI73. Petra Sijpesteijn maintains that the palreography indicates a mixture of styles
and letter forms that range from liijiizl to a much more cursive style.275 Sijpesteijn further
notes that the hands on the Recto and Verso seem to differ.276 A number of diacritical
marks are employed, i.e., dotted Y, w, j, U, and ,-? The yii' is pointed with two dots, one
vertically below the other (cf., Verso, Lines 2 and 3). According to Grohmann, in the
273 Malczycki, 168. 274 Ibid., 164. 275 Petra Sijpesteijn (Personal e-mail correspondence (12 February 2008)). 276 Ibid.
84
first/seventh century, the two dots were placed one below the other either vertically or
diagonally. Later the dots were placed side by side, and by the second/eighth century,
the two dots were fused together into a l i n e . 2 7 8 In the third/ninth century, all three
variations were utilized. This particular feature of M s Or.P521 would substantiate on
palaeographic grounds a date ranging from the first/seventh century to the third/ninth
century.
The vowel of prolongation is often omitted in favor of the defective alif (cf.
Recto, Line 9: J^). Recto, Line 4, employs letter extensions. The extended letter is the
final kaf (^) of dhalik (cf. the Description Section for M s Or.P205 (for the function of the
dilatabile)).
Text: Recto
[...] C5-<-fL>-N A j ^ (Jjfc* iX CP J=^ yr^ Oi A p dF" y H ^ J 1 [. 1 ( f4^») j j^ l l j ^JJ^LJAAH L_l=kJ ^ L - O J I J j A ^ \ jiajl V < j > 2
[ . . . ] J ^ M yr* y P ^ W y r ^ j ' j l j * (j'j i3=^ cJj^l u1 3
[ . . . ] ^ < J e > ( J H ) v * l J I [ . . J 4 [...] ^ L>? (J-Jl 6& O ^ p yr^ Of j M ^Wc- L>? A W yr^-^J 5
[•••] [—] (u-*2^) <-^-£c' u ^ j 6
[ „ . ] U J (JIS [ ] J e 1
[...] [ ] W<-^)» J 1 S ^ ' J < t i j ^ l > C > J 8 J^-1 L>? ^ ~ ^ C ' C A ' ^ ' ^ J ^AF* QA-al t — — ] ^ 9
( j j jj-AC- ( j j <&l> (jlAuc- <(jfr l u a j i > ( jo Xaa ^ ( j j I • m UI <jj ( j c ^Ux all (JJ (_5J1A1I ( j c ^n^-s j 10 [.."] <o-l*l»
[...] <JL> j U ^ <j l> ^jl OJJJJ J J JU UI J l ill J_^(j ) <L> 11 [...] 12
2 7 7 Grohmann, fFbrW, 83. 278
279
Ibid. Ibid.
84
first/seventh century, the two dots were placed one below the other either vertically or
diagonally.277 Later the dots were placed side by side, and by the second/eighth century,
the two dots were fused together into a line. 278 In the third/ninth century, all three
variations were utilized.279 This particular feature ofMs Or.P521 would substantiate on
palreographic grounds a date ranging from the first/seventh century to the third/ninth
century.
The vowel of prolongation is often omitted in favor of the defective alif (cf.
Recto, Line 9: Y:l~). Recto, Line 4, employs letter extensions. The extended letter is the
final kiif(~) of dhiilik (cf. the Description Section for Ms Or.P205 (for the function of the
dilatabile)) .
Text: Recto
[ ... J ",,<-,U.>JI ~.Jb u l ulfi~ ~ ~Iuc oyJl (,?II ~ LJ.=o.)1 .l? uc ~.b.J 1 [ ... J (~) J-i~I.J LJ:lSL.....J1 ~ ~L...:..JI.J ~~ ~ lY> ~I )<..il ':ky 2
[ ... J .J ~'i;;"")'&I.) ~ht.:i 'il ~L...:.JIJ 1->" u1£ ul.J ~I J~I u l 3 [ ... J <.:ill~ <~> C.?-!) (,?II ~I [ ... J 4
[ ... J ~ ~ u-Uluc U"4c- (,?II ~ u~luc ~4c- ~ .¥)Iuc ~.b..J 5 [ ... J [--J LJ.5: (J.=!) w\..,Uc ~ oyW u1£.J 6
[ ... J1.AbIJjul[----J~ 7 [ ... ] [------------------] 4(":")1 .JI ~~IJ <!.S.J~ jI> tY>.J 8 [ ... ].J Y:l~ ~.&I .l? ~.b.J ~ Yol Jj lJ:!.<>1 ~[---J.&I 9
~.J~ ~ .&1> (~Hc <uc ~> uc ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ uc (~I ~ ~Iuc ~.b..J 10 [ ... J <(.).::IWI
[ ... ] <J1.A> j~ <ul> (,?II ~Y-J ~.J.J J1.A J.J ~I ~I '&1 J..,....,(.J) <4> 11 [ ... J 12
277 Grohmann, World, 83. 278 Ibid. 279 Ibid.
85
Text: Verso
[...] <^J> (j Uali t > U j U [ ] IS!!!* ^AU . £ti | \ # . J I g jl& ( t l lA-uu] J t_s-cuuj La ^ > >i £ J (jJjLiiaJ LaA
[...] cj'j <J= cr^- t^J"* <4J*12*.]> c5^t I
[...][—] u[-MW-i- i [...] cilli J£ JUS V < j l > 4*1* c > 6 ^ C> W j j IgJjLu u(!)
( U )
Translation: Recto
1 and it was related to m e from 'Abd al-Rahman b . Ab l al-Harth from al-Hasan b . Dhukwan that the Prophet David [...]
2 <and> I do not look at those above m e and he advised m e to love the poor and be close to them [...]
3 to say the truth even if it is bitter, he advised m e not to fear anyone in God who reproach and [...]
4 [...] to Abu (Bahr) <thus> [...] 5 and it was related to m e from al-Walld b . ' Abad from Aban b . Abl 'Abbas from
A n a s b . Malik [...] 6 and there were three steps to his pulpit, (so he carried) whenever [...] 7 to [...] that he said [...] 8 and w h o despises his parents or their siblings (i.e., uncles and aunts) [...] 9 God [...] Amin said Abu 'Ayna and it was related to me by 'Abd Allah b . Dinar
a n d [ . . . ] 10 and it was related to m e from al-Muthna b . al-$abah from ' U m a r b . Shu 'yab b .
M u h a m m a d <from M u h a m m a d > from ( 'Abd) <Allah b . ' A m r b . a l - 'As> [...] 11 <Oh> (Messenger) of God, to a father and I have wealth and I have a son and m y
father wants to acquire < m y weal th> [...] 12 [...]
Translation: Verso
1 [...] 2 [...] wi th them 3 [...] if he utters the words "divorce" [...] that which is not called divorce and that
< i n > [ . . . ] 4 [...] the two pronouncements of divorce [...] that which is not called and (there is
nothing) on her [...]
85
Text: Verso [ ... ] 1
~[ ... ] 2 [ ... ] <-.}> UIJ tJ)UJI lJA ~ La j~ [----] lj)lh ~ ulj [ ... ] 3
[ ... ] '+.!k (w. H J ~ La ~ [---] ~ ~ [ ..• ] 4 [ ... ] UIJ J=,..:i ~ ~\ C?'"Y r-lulJ d~l> l?~1 1[ ... ] 5
[ ... ][--] 4..lu~ [ ... ] 'iJ ~ji,l.Jl [ ... ] 6 [ ... ][----] u[-]l.6 4k1 [ ... ] 7
[ ... ] .cl\~ JS J.99 'i <JI> ~ lJA ~ JA. ~Jj ~.J'-+.! 0(1) [ ... ] 8 ufo:WI..,b (0)[ ... ] 9
[ ... ] 10
Translation: Recto
1 and it was related to me from 'Abd aI-Rahman b. AbI aI-Harth from aI-Hasan b. Dhukwan that the Prophet David [ ... ]
2 <and> I do not look at those above me and he advised me to love the poor and be close to them [ ... ]
3 to say the truth even if it is bitter, he advised me not to fear anyone in God who reproach and [ ... ]
4 [ ... ] to Abu (Bam) <thus> [ ... ] 5 and it was related to me from al-Walld b. 'Abad from Aban b. AbI 'Abbas from
Anas b. Malik [ ... ] 6 and there were three steps to his pulpit, (so he carried) whenever [ ... ] 7 to [ ... ] that he said [ ... ] 8 and who despises his parents or their siblings (i.e., uncles and aunts) [ ... ] 9 God [ ... ] AmIn said Abu 'Ayna and it was related to me by 'Abd Allah b. DInar
and [ ... ] 10 and it was related to me from al-Muthna b. al-Sabah from 'Umar b. Shu'yab b.
Muhammad <from Muhammad> from ('Abd) <Allah b. 'Amrb. al-'A~> [ ... ] 11 <Oh> (Messenger) of God, to a father and I have wealth and I have a son and my
father wants to acquire <my wealth> [ ... ] 12 [ ... ]
Translation: Verso
1 [ ... ] 2 [ ... ] with them 3 [ ... ] ifhe utters the words "divorce" [ ... ] that which is not called divorce and that
<in> [ ... ] 4 [ ... ] the two pronouncements of divorce [ ... ] that which is not called and (there is
nothing) on her [ ... ]
86
5 [...] <the man w h o m she divorced> even if she does not return to h im until she is permissible and that [...]
6 [...] and no [...] both women are permissible for h im 7 [... ] the most tolerant of them [... ] 8 [...] if her husband absolves responsibility for them from temporary marriage
<or> not so it is said all that 9 [... ] on the people that fear God 10 [...] (Figure 11 and Figure 12)
Comments
Recto, Line 1. <->j=^ ^ Ot 6^jfl d F y r " ^ j : Malczycki reads: Cy^^ ^
\\ . 280
Recto, Line 1. ' " A b d al-Rahman b . Abl al-Harth": If al-Harth is read as employing
a defective alif, then al-Harth might read al-Harith. In this case, al-Harth is perhaps 'Abd
al-Rahman b . al-Harith b . H i s h a m . 2 8 1 'Abd al-Rahman b . al-Harith was the rawi
(transmitter) for his father and 'Umar, 'Uthman, 'AH, Hafsa, et alia. Those who
transmitted on the authority of 'Abd al-Rahman b . al-Harith include his son, Abu Bakr b .
'Abd al-Rahman (one of the seven jurists), and al-Sha 'bl , Abu Qilaba, et alia. 'Abd al-
Rahman b . al-Harith died before Mu 'awiya (d. 680 C.E./60 A.H.) . 2 8 4
Recto, Line 2. [...] (f$^) j^j <-»=H y H ^ j t j : Malczycki reads: ( s ^ ) L S ^ J I
(^) A\j o A ^ i l . 2 8 5
Recto, Line 3. y ^ y r 3 ^ 2 VI ^L^J\J Malczycki reads: c>) VI (^L-ajl {jl} <>
i 286
2 8 0 Malczycki, 165. 2 8 1DhahabI, vol. 1, 117. 2 8 2 Ibid. 2 8 3 Ibid. 2 8 4 Ibid. 2 8 5 Malczycki, 165. 2 8 6 Ibid.
86
5 [ ... ] <the man whom she divorced> even if she does not return to him until she is permissible and that [ ... ]
6 [ ... ] and no [ ... ] both women are permissible for him 7 [ ... ] the most tolerant of them [ ... ] 8 [ ... ] if her husband absolves responsibility for them from temporary marriage
<or> not so it is said all that 9 [ ... ] on the people that fear God 10 [ ... ] (Figure 11 and Figure 12)
Comments
Recto, Line 1. ~yJI ~I lY. ~)I ~ LF ~hJ: Ma1czycki reads: ~)I ~ ~h
~ ._11 . 280 Y"'"' w:.
Recto, Line 1. '''Abd aI-Rahman b. AbI aI-rIarth": If al-rIarth is read as employing
a defective alif, then aI-rIarth might read al-rIarith. In this case, al-rIarth is perhaps 'Abd
aI-Rahman b. aI-rIarith b. Hisham. 281 'Abd aI-Rahman b. aI-rIarith was the riiwf
(transmitter) for his father and 'Umar, 'Uthman, 'AlI, rIaf~a, et alia. 282 Those who
transmitted on the authority of 'Abd aI-Rahman b. al-rIarith include his son, Abu Bakr b.
'Abd aI-Rahman (one of the seven jurists), and al-Sha'bI, Abu Qilaba, et alia. 283 'Abd al-
Rahman b. al-rIarith died before Mu'awiya (d. 680 c.E.l60 A.H.).284
·286 ~.
280 Malczycki, 165. 281 DhahabI, vol. 1,117. 282 Ibid. 283 Ibid. 284 Ibid. 285 Malczycki, 165. 286 Ibid.
Figure 11. MsOr .P521R Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure 1l. Ms Or.P521R Rare Books Division Special Collections
1. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
87
88
T
Figure 12. MsOr .P521V Rare Books Division Special Collections
J. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
Figure 12. Ms Or.P521V Rare Books Division Special Collections
1. Willard Marriott Library University of Utah
88
89
Recto, Line 4. "Abu (Bahr)": Perhaps al-Ahnaf b. Qays (d. 686-7 C.E./67 A.H.), a
contemporary of the Prophet. al-Annaf was considered a Successor since he did not
serve with the Prophet. al-Ahnaf was given the kunya (surname) of Abu Bahr after his
son, Bahr. al-Ahnaf transmitted traditions from 'Umar, 'Uthrnan, and 'AIT. Hasan
al-Basri (cf. Comments Section for Ms Or.P173R, Lines 16, 20, and 23) transmitted on
the authority of al-Ahnaf.291
Recto, Line 4. Defective alif. Read:
Recto, Line 4. "Anas b. Malik": Abu Hamza Anas b. Malik b. al-Nadr (d. 711-2
C.E./93 A.H.) was a prominent Companion of the Prophet.292 It is narrated that Anas b.
Malik was the Prophet's servant since the age of ten.2 9 3 Anas b. Malik related a large
amount of traditions culled from the lips of the Prophet himself, or from the Prophet's
Companions, e.g., Abu Bakr, 'Umar, 'Uthrnan, et alia.294
Recto, Line 5. ^ oi uM CP ^ C>i AW: Malczycki reads: j W1 j o^P- oi
1 „ - • . 2 9 5
Recto, Line 6. [...] [—] tJS ( J^ i ) ^W^: Malczycki reads: J*^ * ^ ^ ? 9 6
Recto, Line 7 and Verso, Line 9. Without context, the signification of the
preposition is indeterminate.
Recto, Line 8. <L$J«0*> C>J: Malczycki reads: " - r 4 ^ t > . 2 9 7
2 8 7 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 1, 635. 2 8 8 Ibid. 2 8 9 Ibid., 641. 2 9 0 Ibid., 635. 2 9 1 Ibid. 2 9 2 Ibid., vol. 2, 587. 2 9 3 Ibid., 588. 2 9 4 Ibid. 295
296
297
Malczycki, 165. Ibid. Ibid.
89
Recto, Line 4. "Abu (Bam)": Perhaps al-Ahnafb. Qays (d. 686-7 c.E./67 A.H.), a
contemporary of the Prophet. 287 al-Ahnaf was considered a Successor since he did not
serve with the Prophet.288 al-Ahnafwas given the kunya (surname) of Abu Bam after his
son, Bahr?89 al-Ahnaf transmitted traditions from 'Umar, 'Uthmiin, and 'AlI.290 t1asan
al-Ba~rI (cf. Comments Section for Ms Or.PI73R, Lines 16, 20, and 23) transmitted on
the authority of al-Ahnaf.291
Recto, Line 4. cill..c: Defective alif Read: -ill\....
Recto, Line 4. "Anas b. Malik": Abu t1amza Anas b. Miilik b. al-Nadr (d. 711-2
c.E./93 A.B.) was a prominent Companion of the Prophet.292 It is narrated that Anas b.
Miilik was the Prophet's servant since the age of ten.293 Anas b. Miilik related a large
amount of traditions culled from the lips of the Prophet himself, or from the Prophet's
Companions, e.g., Abu Bakr, 'Umar, 'Uthmiin, et alia?94
Recto, Line 5. U"4c..,:I!y' 041 rjC ~4c !y. .¥)I: Malczycki reads: .J 41 .J U"4c !y. .¥)I
Recto, Line 6. [ ... ] [--] US (J..=.!) ~4ic: Malczycki reads: d...JS ~ 0 yt:ic.296
Recto, Line 7 and Verso, Line 9. ~: Without context, the signification of the
preposition is indeterminate.
287 Ibn Khallikan, vol. 1, 635. 288 Ibid. 289 Ibid., 64l. 290 Ibid., 635. 291 Ibid. 292 Ibid., vol. 2, 587. 293 Ibid., 588. 294 Ibid. 295 Malczycki, 165. 296 Ibid. 297 Ibid.
90
Recto, Line 9. — ] : Malczycki reads:
Recto, Line 9. ^p ji\; Malczycki reads: Abu 'Utba.2 9 9
Recto, Line 9. J^: Defective alif. Read: Malczycki reads: o ^ . 3 0 0
Recto, Line 9. '"Abd Allah b. Dinar": 'Abd Allah b. Dinar (d. 744 C.E./127 A.H.)
heard Ibn 'Umar, Anas b. Malik, Sulayman b. Yasar, Abu §alih al-Saman, et alia.m
Sha'ba, Malik, Sufyan al-Thuri, et alia transmitted from 'Abd Allah b. Dinar, who was
considered a reliable traditionist.302
Recto, Line 10. j ^ : The section on Oi w ^ 1 " in the monumental TahdhTb
al-kamal fi 'asma' al-rijal by Yusuf b. al-Zakl 'Abd al-Rahman al-MizzI, reads J J ^ . 3 0 3
Cf. 'Umar/'Amr distinction with proper names preserved in Nabataean inscriptions.304
Malczycki reads: J J ^ .
Recto, Line 10. <oc- ^^>: Reconstructed by inference from the genealogy
provided by al-MizzI.306
Recto, Line 10. '"Umar b. Shu'yab b. Muhammad": 'Umar b. Shu'yab b.
Muhammad (d. 736 C.E./118 A.H.) transmitted from a number of authorities, among
whom include Sa'Id b. al-Musayyib, Sulayman b. Yasar, et alia.307 Those who
298 Ibid. z w Ibid. ,167. 3 0 0 Ibid., 165. 3 0 1 DhahabI, vol. 1, 191. 3 0 2 Ibid. 3 3 Yusuf b. al-Zaki 'Abd al-Rahman al-MizzT, TahdhTb al-kamal fi 'asma' al-rijal, vol. 22 (Beirut: Muassasat al-Risalah, 1980-1992), 64-75.
0 4 Grohmann, World, 88-89. 305 Malczycki, 165. 3 0 6 al-MizzT, TahdhTb, 64-75. 3 0 7 Ibid.
90
Recto, Line 9. <..::..!..[---]: Malczycki reads: ~J.298
Recto, Line 9. ~ Yo': Malczycki reads: Abu 'Utba.299
Recto, Line 9 . ...A!~: Defective alif. Read: .J~~. Malczycki reads: U"'-F.300
Recto, Line 9. "'Abd Allah b. DInar": 'Abd Allah b. DInar (d. 744 C.E.l127 A.B.)
heard Ibn 'Umar, Anas b. Malik, Sulayman b. Yasar, Abu Salih al-Saman, et alia. 301
Sha'ba, Malik, Sufyan al-Thurl, et alia transmitted from 'Abd Allah b. DInar, who was
considered a reliable traditionist.302
Recto, Line 10 . .,.)-4C: The section on "J.,.)-4C LH ~" in the monumental Tahdhlb
al-kamiilfi 'asmii' al-rijiilbyYusufb. al-ZakI 'Abd aI-Rahman al-MizzI, reads J..;.oc.303
Cf. 'Umar/' Amr distinction with proper names preserved in Nabataean inscriptions.304
Ma1czycki reads: Jyar:-. 305
Recto, Line 10. <uc~: Reconstructed by inference from the genealogy
provided by al-MizzI.306
Recto, Line 10. "'Umar b. Shu'yab b. Muhammad": 'Umar b. Shu'yab b.
Muhammad (d. 736 C.E.1118 A.B.) transmitted from a number of authorities, among
whom include Sa'Id b. al-Musayyib, Sulayman b. Yasar, et alia. 307 Those who
298 Ibid. 299 Ibid., 167. 300 Ibid., 165. 301 Dhahabl, vol. 1, 19l. 302 Ibid.
303 Yusiif b. al-Zaki: 'Abd al-Ralunan al-Mizzl, Tahdhlb al-kamiil fi 'asmii' al-rijiil, vol. 22 (Beirut: Muassasat al-Risalah, 1980-1992),64-75. 304 Grohmann, World, 88-89. 305 Malczycki, 165. 306 a1-Mizzl, Tahdhlb, 64-75. 307 Ibid.
91
transmitted from 'Umar b. Shu'yab b. Muhammad include Ibrahim b. Yazld al-Khuri,
'Atta b. Abl Rabah, et alia.30*
Recto, Line 10. <o- a ^ 1 ot JJ*^ oi Reconstructed from al-MizzI.309
Recto, Line 10. "('Abd) <Allah b. 'Amr b. al-'As>": Cf. Comments Section for
Ms Or.P365RrS, Lines 2 and 3.
Recto, Line 11. [...] <J^> J^i <u*> ^ ^jij ^JJ <A? W <J\ ^ <-LHJ ) < ^ > :
Malczycki reads: j 4J j U j U ^L^U.3 1 0
Verso, Line 2. "With them" - feminine plural.
Verso, Line 3. J*- [—]: Malczycki reads: ^&. 3 H
Verso, Line 4. t-» <j*-»- [—] ji%lkS UA [...]; Malczycki reads: u-^[—] o^i j ^ - [ . 3 1 2
Verso, Line 5. LK>: Malczycki reads: {>} j ^ . 3 1 3
Verso, Line 6. V J A J J ^ I : Malczycki reads: ^j<i 4J>UA1I. 3 1 4
Verso, Line 6. :[...][—] : Malczycki reads: ^ . 3 1 5
Verso, Line 7. "Of them" - feminine dual.
Verso, Line 8. "For them" - feminine plural.
Verso, Line 8. Mut'a: "temporary marriage under strict conditions, allowed
in the early part of Islam, but later cancelled."316
Verso, Line 9. o£^\ Malczycki reads: (o£*^) . 3 1 7
3 0 8 Ibid. 3 0 9 Ibid. 3 1 0 Malczycki, 165. 3 1 1 Ibid. 3 1 2 Ibid. 3 1 3 Ibid. 3 1 4 Ibid. 3 1 5 Ibid. 3 1 6 IbnAnas, 433. 3 1 7 0 p c i t .
91
transmitted from 'Vmar b. Shu'yab b. Muhammad include Ibrahim b. Yazld al-Khun,
'AHii b. AbI Rabah, et alia.308
Recto, Line 1 O. <~WI ~ JJAZ- ~ ..&1>: Reconstructed from al-MizzI.309
Recto, Line 10. "('Abd) <Allah b. 'Amr b. al-'A~>": Cf. Comments Section for
Ms Or.P365RrS, Lines 2 and 3.
Recto, Line 11. [ ... ] <JLa> j~ <01> ~I ~Y-J .llJJ JL. JJ ~I ~I"&I Jy.{) ) <y>:
Ma1czycki reads: j~ cill~ J.llJ J Lal J ~ILSL...:J.\.310
Verso, Line 2. "With them" - feminine plural.
Verso, Line 3. )...:.. [----]: Ma1czycki reads: ..:l~ ..:lic.3l1
Verso, Line 4. La ~ [---] ~ LoA. [ •.. ]: Malczycki reads: 0"'-[---] ~ J ~[.312
Verso, Line 5. ~: Ma1czycki reads: {I} ~.313
Verso, Line 6. 'iJ ~ji,l.Jl: Ma1czycki reads: 'iJ 4..: ~ji,l.Jl.314
Verso, Line 6. :[ ... ][ __ ].u: Ma1czycki reads: ]..c .u.315
Verso, Line 7. "Ofthem" - feminine dual.
Verso, Line 8. "For them" - feminine plural.
Verso, Line 8. ~: Mut'a: "temporary marriage under strict conditions, allowed
in the early part ofIslam, but later cancelled.,,316
308 Ibid. 309 Ibid.
Verso, Line 9. ~I: Malczycki reads: (~1).31 7
310 Malczycki, 165. 311 Ibid. 312 Ibid. 3\3 Ibid. 314 Ibid. 315 Ibid. 3 16 Ibn Anas, 433 . 317 Op cit.
CONCLUSION
The skepticism generated with regard to the early Islamic historical tradition has
been said to derive primarily from the very nature of the source material itself. The
contemporary discipline has been bifurcated into the predominant epistemic-based
historiographical schools of descriptivists and revisionists.
Descriptive history, on the one hand, seeks to account for the historical narrative
structure bequeathed by the venerable tradition of Islamic scholarship.318 On the other
hand, the central task of revisionary history is to generate an optimal historical narrative
structure. The results of revisionary history continue to be of import in the discipline.
Given the methodological rigour and vigorous rhetorical strategy of the revisionists, in
addition to the power of their particular conceptual schemas, the groundbreaking works
of the revisionist school remain forces to be reckoned with and continue to be of
substantial historical utility. But the last quality can only be attributed to them because
there is another brand of history that requires no validation at all beyond that of historical
inquiry in general. Revisionary history is in effect the handmaiden of descriptive history.
No historian has ever been, for all intents and purposes, solely a descriptivist or a
revisionist.
Strawson's observations vis-a-vis metaphysics are cogent to the contemporary field of classical Islamic history, therefore the following exposition follows Strawson (Strawson, 9).
CONCLUSION
The skepticism generated with regard to the early Islamic historical tradition has
been said to derive primarily from the very nature of the source material itself. The
contemporary discipline has been bifurcated into the predominant epistemic-based
historiographical schools of descriptivists and revisionists.
Descriptive history, on the one hand, seeks to account for the historical narrative
structure bequeathed by the venerable tradition of Islamic scholarship?18 On the other
hand, the central task of revisionary history is to generate an optimal historical narrative
structure. The results of revisionary history continue to be of import in the discipline.
Given the methodological rigour and vigorous rhetorical strategy of the revisionists, in
addition to the power of their particular conceptual schemas, the groundbreaking works
of the revisionist school remain forces to be reckoned with and continue to be of
substantial historical utility. But the last quality can only be attributed to them because
there is another brand of history that requires no validation at all beyond that of historical
inquiry in general. Revisionary history is in effect the handmaiden of descriptive history.
No historian has ever been, for all intents and purposes, solely a descriptivist or a
revisionist.
318 Strawson's observations vis-it-vis metaphysics are cogent to the contemporary field of classical Islamic history, therefore the following exposition follows Straws on (Strawson, 9).
93
3 1 9 Hoyland, 410-411. 3 2 0 Ibid.
In light of these considerations, the codicological method which incorporates both
theory and practice has been advanced. As demonstrated, the codicological approach is
not theory and practice in theory alone. Rather, the codicological approach is a strictly
documentary-based approach that is not concerned with truth-value, nor is it restricted to
questions of origins. Utilizing a diachronic framework, the codicological method seeks
to analyze texts as artifacts and processes in time perspective.
The lack of consensus with respect to the corroboration of the early Islamic
historiographical tradition is a formidable impediment to the furtherance of the historical
319
discipline. Nonetheless, this state of affairs need not be detrimental since vast amounts
of primary documentary evidence in the form of the Arabic literary papyri have not been
accessed nor accounted for by the majority of practicing historians.320
The publication of the present group of papyri is directed to this end, as a
contribution to the understanding of the development of the early Islamic tradition.
Lastly, this study illustrates the fact that the judicious handling of primary source
materials, the cornerstone of textual criticism, is indispensable with regard to historical
reconstruction.
93
In light of these considerations, the codicological method which incorporates both
theory and practice has been advanced. As demonstrated, the codicological approach is
not theory and practice in theory alone. Rather, the codicological approach is a strictly
documentary-based approach that is not concerned with truth-value, nor is it restricted to
questions of origins. Utilizing a diachronic framework, the codicological method seeks
to analyze texts as artifacts and processes in time perspective.
The lack of consensus with respect to the corroboration of the early Islamic
historiographical tradition is a formidable impediment to the furtherance of the historical
discipline.319 Nonetheless, this state of affairs need not be detrimental since vast amounts
of primary documentary evidence in the form of the Arabic literary papyri have not been
accessed nor accounted for by the majority of practicing historians.32o
The pUblication of the present group of papyri is directed to this end, as a
contribution to the understanding of the development of the early Islamic tradition.
Lastly, this study illustrates the fact that the judicious handling of primary source
materials, the cornerstone of textual criticism, is indispensable with regard to historical
reconstruction.
319 Hoyland, 410-411. 320 Ibid.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abbott, Nabia. Studies in Arabic Literary Papyri. 3 vols. Chicago: University of Chicago, 1957-1972.
Atiya, Aziz S. "Aziz S. Atiya. Interview." Everett L. Cooley Oral History Project. Nos. 328 and 329. Edited by Everett L. Cooley. Salt Lake City: Marriott Library, 1985.
Atiya, Lola. "Arabic Papyrus and Paper Collection." Aziz S. Atiya Middle East Library, n.d., http://www.lib.utah.edu/libraryinfo/dept/middleeast/papyrus/ (15 May 2007).
Ayoub, Mahmoud M. The Qur 'an and Lts Interpreters. Volume 1. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1984.
Bakhtiar, Laleh. Encyclopedia of Islamic Law: A Compendium of the Major Schools. Chicago: Kazi Publications, Inc., 1996.
Beiser, Frederick C. The Fate of Reason: German Philosophy from Kant to Fichte. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1987.
Berg, Herbert. Review of The Origins of the Koran: Classic Essays on Islam's Holy Book edited by Ibn Warraq. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 62:3 (1999): 557-558.
Bukhari, Muhammad b. Isma'H. §ahih al-Bukhari. Volume 1. Beirut: Dar al-Kotob al-Ilmiyah, 1999.
-. The Translation of the Meanings of Sahih al-Bukhari: Arabic-English. Volume 2. Translated by Muhammad Muhsin Khan. Lahore: Kazi Publications, 1983.
Crone, Patricia and Michael Cook. Hagarism: The Making of the Islamic World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977.
David-Weill, Jean. "Ibn Wahb, 'Abd Allah b. Wahb b. Muslim al-Fihri al-Qurashi." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry==islam_SIM-3403 (26 February 2008).
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Abbott, Nabia. Studies in Arabic Literary Papyri. 3 vols. Chicago: University of Chicago, 1957-1972.
Atiya, Aziz S. "Aziz S. Atiya. Interview." Everett L. Cooley Oral History Project. Nos. 328 and 329. Edited by Everett L. Cooley. Salt Lake City: Marriott Library, 1985.
Atiya, Lola. "Arabic Papyrus and Paper Collection." Aziz S. Atiya Middle East Library, n.d., http://www.lib.utah.edu/libraryinfo/dept/middleeast/papyrus/ (15 May 2007).
Ayoub, Mahmoud M. The Qur'an and Its Interpreters. Volume 1. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1984.
Bakhtiar, Laleh. Encyclopedia of Islamic Law: A Compendium of the Major Schools. Chicago: Kazi Publications, Inc., 1996.
Beiser, Frederick C. The Fate of Reason: German Philosophy from Kant to Fichte. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1987.
Berg, Herbert. Review of The Origins of the Koran: Classic Essays on Islam's Holy Book edited by Ibn Warraq. Bulletin of the School of Oriental and African Studies 62:3 (1999): 557-558.
Bukharl, Muhammad b. Isma'n. Salim al-Bukhiirz. Volume 1. Beirut: Dar al-Kotob alIlmiyah, 1999.
-. The Translation of the Meanings of Sahih al-Bukhari: Arabic-English. Volume 2. Translated by Muhammad Muhsin Khan. Lahore: Kazi Publications, 1983.
Crone, Patricia and Michael Cook. Hagarism: The Making of the Islamic World. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1977.
David-Weill, Jean. "Ibn Wahb, 'Abd Allah b. Wahb b. Muslim al-Fihrl al-Qurashl." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nllsubscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-3403 (26 February 2008).
95
Dhahabi, Muhammad ibn Ahmad. Tahdhib siyar a lam al-nubala'. 3 Volumes. Beirut: Mu'assasat al-Risalah, 1991.
Dickinson, Eerik. The Development of Early Sunnite HadTth Criticism: The Taqdima of Ibn AbTHatim al-RazT (240/854-327/938). Leiden: Brill, 2001.
Ess, Joseph van. "Tashblh wa-Tanzih." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, ht1p://wvvw.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=^slam_COM-l 190 (26 February 2008).
Gacek, Adam. The Arabic Manuscript Tradition: A Glossary of Technical Terms and Bibliography. Leiden: Brill, 2001.
Goldziher, Ignaz. Muslim Studies. Volume 2. Edited by S.M. Stern. Translated by C.R. Barber and S.M. Stern. Chicago: Aldine Publishing Company, 1968.
Grohmann, Adolf. From the World of Arabic Papyri. Cairo: Al-Maaref Press, 1952.
- . "The Problem of Dating Early Qur'ans." Der Islam 33 (1958): 213-231.
Hopkins, Simon. Studies in Early Arabic Grammar Based Upon Papyri Datable to Before 300 A.H./912 A.D. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1984.
Hoyland, Robert. "New Documentary Texts and the Early Islamic State." Bulletin of of the School of Oriental and African Studies 69:3 (2006): 395-416.
Ibn al-Hajjaj, Muslim. al-JamV al-§ahTh. Volume 1. N.p.: n.p., 1911.
-. §ahih Muslim. Volume 1. Translated by'Abdul Hamld §iddTqI. New Delhi: Kitab Bhavan, 1977.
Ibn Anas, Malik. Al-Muwatta' al-Imam Malik: Riwayat Yahya b. Yahya al-Laythi. Edited by Ahmad Ratib Armush. Beirut: Dar al-Nafa'is, 1977.
-. Al-Muwatta of Imam Malik ibn Anas: The First Formulation of Islamic Law. Translated by Aisha Abdurrahman Bewley. London: Kegan Paul International, 1989.
Ibn Hajar al-'Asqalanl, Ahmad ibn 'AH. Kitab tahdhib al-tahdhib. Volume 1. Beirut: Dar§adr, 1907.
Ibn Hanbal, Ahmad. Musnad al-Imam Ahmad b. Hanbal. Volumes 4 and 5. Beirut: al-Maktab al-IslamT lil-Taba'ah wa-al-Nashr, 1969.
Ibn Khallikan, Abu al-'Abbas Ahmad. Ibn Khallikan's Biographical Dictionary [Wafayat
95
DhahabI, Muhammad ibn Ahmad. Tahdhlb siyar a 'liim al-nubala'. 3 Volumes. Beirut: Mu'assasat al-Risalah, 1991.
Dickinson, Eerik. The Development of Early Sunnite Hadzth Criticism: The Taqdima of Ibn Abz Hatim aI-Razz (240/854-327/938). Leiden: Brill, 2001.
Ess, Joseph van. "TashbTh wa-TanzTh." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Beannan, Th. Bianquis, c.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nllsubscriber/entry?entry=islam_ COM-1190 (26 February 2008).
Gacek, Adam. The Arabic Manuscript Tradition: A Glossary of Technical Terms and Bibliography. Leiden: Brill, 2001.
Goldziher, Ignaz. Muslim Studies. Volume 2. Edited by S.M. Stem. Translated by C.R. Barber and S.M. Stem. Chicago: Aldine Publishing Company, 1968.
Grohmann, Adolf. From the World of Arabic Papyri. Cairo: AI-MaarefPress, 1952.
-. "The Problem of Dating Early Qur'ans." Der Islam 33 (1958): 213-231.
Hopkins, Simon. Studies in Early Arabic Grammar Based Upon Papyri Datable to Before 300 A.H./912 A.D. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1984.
Hoyland, Robert. "New Documentary Texts and the Early Islamic State." Bulletin of of the School a/Oriental and African Studies 69:3 (2006): 395-416.
Ibn a1-Rajjaj, Muslim. al-Jami' al-$ahm. Volume 1. N.p.: n.p., 1911.
- $ahm Muslim. Volume 1. Translated by 'Abdul HamId SiddIqI. New Delhi: Kitab Bhavan, 1977.
Ibn Anas, Malik. AI-Muwatta' al-Imam Malik: Riwayat Yahya b. Yahya al-Laythf. Edited by Ahmad Ratib 'Armush. Beirut: Dar a1-Nafa'is, 1977.
-. AI-Muwatta of Imam Malik ibn Anas: The First Formulation of Islamic Law. Translated by Aisha Abdurrahman Bewley. London: Kegan Paul International, 1989.
Ibn Rajar al-'AsqalanI, Ahmad ibn 'All. Kitab tahdhfb al-tahdhfb. Volume 1. Beirut: Dar Sadr, 1907.
Ibn Ranbal, Ahmad. Musnad ai-Imam Ahmad b. Hanbal. Volumes 4 and 5. Beirut: alMaktab al-IslamI lil-raba'ah wa-al-Nashr, 1969.
Ibn Khallikan, Abu al-'Abbas Ahmad. Ibn Khallikan's Biographical Dictionary [Wafayat
96
al-a 'yanj. Translated by Bn. Mac Guckin de Slane. 4 Volumes. Beirut: Librairie duLiban, 1970.
Ibn Majah. §ahih Sunan Ibn Mdjah. Volume 1. Beirut: Al-Maktab al-IslamT, 1986.
Ibn 'Umar al-Tamlml, Sayf. Kitab al-Riddah wa-al-futuh: wa-Kitab al-Jamal wa-masir A'ishah wa-'AIT/ta'Iff Sayf b. 'Umar al-Tamimi al-DabbTal-Asidi; tahqiq wa-taqdim Qasim al-Samarra 7. 2 Volumes. Edited by Qasim al-Samarra'I. Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental Antiquarium, 1995.
Ibn Wahb, 'Abd Allah. Le DJgmi' d'Ibn Wahb. 2 Volumes. Edited by Jean David-Weill. Le Caire: Imprimerie de l'lnstitut francais d'archeologie orientale, 1939-1948.
Jones, J.M.B. "Ibn Ishaq, Muhammad b. Ishaq b. Yasar b. Khiyar (according to some sources, b. Khabbar, or Ktiman, or Kutan)." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://ww.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry^slam_SIM-3222 (26 February 2008).
Juynboll, G.H.A. "Abu Hurayra." Encyclopaedia of Islam. 3 r d Edition. Edited by Gudrun Kramer, Denis Matringe, John Nawas and Everett Rowson, 2008, http ://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=ei3_SIM-0175 (26 February 2008).
Landau-Tasseron, Ella. "Sayf Ibn 'Umar in Medieval and Modern Scholarship." Der Islam 67 (1990): 1-26.
Lane, Edward William. Arabic-English Lexicon. Vol. 1, Part 7. New York: Frederick Ungar Publishing Co., 1956.
Malczycki, William Matthews. "Literary Papyri from the University of Utah Arabic Papyrus and Paper Collection." Ph.D. diss., University of Utah, 2006.
al-Misri, Ahmad b. Naqib. Reliance of the Traveller: A Classic Manual of Islamic Sacred Law f'Umdat al-salikj. Edited and translated by Nuh Ha Mim Keller. Evanston, Illinois: Sunna Books, 1991.
al-MizzI, Yusuf b. al-Zaki 'Abd al-Rahman. Fahdris tuhfat al-ashrdf bi-ma rifat al-atraf. Volume 2. Beirut: Mu'assasat al-Kutub at-Thaqafiya, 1990.
-. Tahdhib al-kamal ft 'asma' al-rijal. 35 Volumes. Beirut: Muassasat al-Risalah, 1980-1992.
Motzki, Harald. "The Musannaf of 'Abd al-Razzaq al-§an'anl as a Source of Authentic ahadith of the First Century A.H " Journal of Near Eastern Studies 50 (1991): 1-21.
96
al-a 'yiinj. Translated by Bn. Mac Guckin de Slane. 4 Volumes. Beirut: Librairie du Liban, 1970.
Ibn Majah. $anzli Sunan Ibn Miijah. Volume 1. Beirut: AI-Maktab al-IslamI, 1986.
Ibn 'Umar al-TamImI, Sayf. Kitiib al-Riddah wa-al-futuli: wa-Kitiib ai-Jamal wa-masir 'A'ishah wa- 'All / ta 'lif Sayf b. 'Umar al-Tamimi al-Dabbi al-Asidi; taliqiq wataqdim Qiisim al-Siimarrii'f. 2 Volumes. Edited by Qasim al-Samarra'I. Leiden: Smitskamp Oriental Antiquarium, 1995.
Ibn Wahb, 'Abd Allah. Le Dj{lmi' d'Ibn Wahb. 2 Volumes. Edited by Jean David-Weill. Le Caire: Imprimerie de l'Institut francjlis d'archeologie orientale, 1939-1948.
Jones, lM.B. "Ibn Isbaq, Muhammad b. Isbaq b. Yasar b. Khiyar (according to some sources, b. Khabbar, or Kilman, or Kutan)." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-3222 (26 February 2008).
Juynboll, G.H.A. "Abu Hurayra." Encyclopaedia of Islam. 3rd Edition. Edited by Gudrun Kramer, Denis Matringe, Jo1m Nawas and Everett Rowson, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nllsubscriber/entry?entry=ei3_SIM-0175 (26 February 2008).
Landau-Tasseron, Ella. "Sayf Ibn 'Umar in Medieval and Modem Scholarship." Der Islam 67 (1990): 1-26.
Lane, Edward William. Arabic-English Lexicon. Vol. 1, Part 7. New York: Frederick Ungar Publishing Co., 1956.
Malczycki, William Matthews. "Literary Papyri from the University of Utah Arabic Papyrus and Paper Collection." Ph.D. diss., University of Utah, 2006.
al-Misri, Ahmad b. Naqib. Reliance of the Traveller: A Classic Manual of Islamic Sacred Law [,Umdat al-siilikJ. Edited and translated by Nuh Ha Mim Keller. Evanston, Illinois: Sunna Books, 1991.
al-MizzI, Yusufb. al-ZakI 'Abd al-Rabman. Fahiiris tulifat al-ashriifbi-ma 'rifat alatriif Volume 2. Beirut: Mu'assasat al-Kutub at-Thaqaflya, 1990.
Tahdhib al-kamiilfi 'asmii' al-rijiil. 35 Volumes. Beirut: Muassasat al-Risalah, 1980-1992.
Motzki, Harald. "The Mu.yannafof 'Abd al-Razzaq al-$an'anI as a Source of Authentic aliiidith of the First Century A.H." Journal of Near Eastern Studies 50 (1991): 1-21.
97
Noth, Albrecht. "Comrnon Features of Muslim and Western HadTth Criticism: Ibn al-Jawzl's Categories of HadTth Forgers." In HadTth. Edited by Harald Motzki. Burlington: Ashgate/Variorum, 2004: 309-316.
Pellat, Ch. "Qatada b. Di'ama b. Qatada al-SadusT, Abu al-Khattab." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.ny subscriber/^^ 14 (26 February 2008).
Penrice, John. A Dictionary and Glossary of the Kor-dn, with Copious Grammatical References and Explanations of the Text. Cambridge: Schoenhof, 1995.
Pickthall, Muhammad M. The Glorious Qur'an. New York: Tahrike Tarsile Qur'an Inc., 1992.
Plessner, M. "Muqatil b. Sulayman b. Bashlr al-Azdi al-Khurasani al-Balkhl." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-5461 (26 February 2008).
Raven, W. "Sa'Id b. Abi Aruba." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-6482 (26 February 2008).
al-RazI, Fakhr al-DIn Muhammad b. 'Umar. al-TafsTr al-KabTr. Volumes 5 and 6. Beirut: Dar al-Kotob al-Ilmiyah, 2000.
Ritter, H. "Hasan al- Basil, Abu Sa'Id b. Abi al-Hasan Yasar al-Basrl (21/642-110/728)." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http ://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_COM-0273 (26 February 2008).
Rosenthal, Franz. "Ibn Lahl'a, 'Abd Allah b. Lahl'ab. 'Uqba." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-3269 (26 February 2008).
Samji, Karim. "The History of the Philological Method of Ignaz Goldziher." Unpublished Graduate Seminar Research Paper, University of Utah, 2007.
Schacht, Joseph. "A Reevaluation of Islamic Traditions." Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society (1949): 143-54.
Noth, Albrecht. "Common Features of Muslim and Western Hadfth Criticism: Ibn alJawzI's Categories of Hadfth Forgers." In Hadfth. Edited by Harald Motzki. Burlington: AshgateNariorum, 2004: 309-316.
97
Pellat, Ch. "QaHida b. Di'ama b. Qatada al-Sadusl, Abu al-Khattab." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nllsubscriber/ entry? entry=islam _ SIM -4014 (26 February 2008).
Penrice, John. A Dictionary and Glossary of the Kor-an, with Copious Grammatical References and Explanations of the Text. Cambridge: Schoenhof, 1995.
Pickthall, Muhammad M. The Glorious Qur'an. New York: Tahrike Tarsile Qur'an Inc., 1992.
Plessner, M. "Muqatil b. Sulayman b. Bashlr al-Azdl al-Khurasanl al-Balkhl." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nllsubscriber/entry?entry=islam _ SIM -5461 (26 February 2008).
Raven, W. "Sa'ld b. Abl ArUba." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited byP. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nllsubscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-6482 (26 February 2008).
al-Razl, Fakhr aI-DIn Muhammad b. 'Umar. al-TaJsfr al-Kabfr. Volumes 5 and 6. Beirut: Dar al-Kotob al-Ilmiyah, 2000.
Ritter, H. "tiasan al- Ba~rl, Abu Sa'ld b. Abl al-tiasan Yasar al-Ba~rl (211642-1101728)." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nllsubscriber/ entry? entry=islam _ COM -0273 (26 February 2008).
Rosenthal, Franz. "Ibn Lahl'a, 'Abd Allah b. Lahl'a b. 'Uqba." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited byP. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nllsubscriber/entry?entry=islam _ SIM-3269 (26 February 2008).
Samji, Karim. "The History of the Philological Method ofIgnaz Goldziher." Unpublished Graduate Seminar Research Paper, University of Utah, 2007.
Schacht, Joseph. "A Reevaluation ofIslamic Traditions." Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society (1949): 143-54.
98
Sijpesteijn, Petra. "North American Papyrus Collections Revisited." Bardiyyat 1 (2003): 11-19.
- . "Shaping a Muslim State: Papyri Related to a Mid-eighth-century Egyptian Official." Ph.D. diss., Princeton University, 2004.
Spectorsky, Susan A. "Tabi'un (a.) (sing, tabi or tabil)." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry==islam_SIM-7259 (26 February 2008).
Strawson, P.F. Individuals: An Essay in Descriptive Metaphysics. London: Methuen & Co Ltd., 1959.
al-Tabarl, Abu Ja'far. Ta 'rikh al-rusul wa-al-muluk. Translated and annotated by Fred M. Dormer. The Conquest of Arabia. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1993.
Veccia Vaglieri, L. '"AIT b. Abi Talib." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry==islam_COM-0046 (26 February 2008).
Vida, G. Levi Delia and Michael Bonner. "'Umar (I) b. al-Khattab." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_STM-7707 (26 February 2008).
Watt, W. Montgomery. '"A'isha Bint Abi Bakr." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http ://www.brillonline.nl/subscriber/entry?entry=islam_SIM-0440 (26 February 2008).
Wehr, Hans. A Dictionary of Modern Written Arabic (Arabic-English). Edited by J. Milton Cowan. 4 t h ed. Urbana, Illinois: Otto Harrassowitz KG, 1994.
Yusuf'All, 'Abdullah. The Holy Qur-an: Text, Translation and Commentary. 3 r d ed. Volume 1. Beirut: Printing Production, 1965.
-. The Meaning of the Holy Qur'an. 10t h ed. Maryland: Amana Publications, 1999.
Zeitlin, Irving M. The Historical Muhammad. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2007.
98
Sijpesteijn, Petra. "North American Papyrus Collections Revisited." Bardiyyat 1 (2003): 11-19.
- "Shaping a Muslim State: Papyri Related to a Mid-eighth-century Egyptian Official." Ph.D. diss., Princeton University, 2004.
Spectorsky, Susan A. "Tabi'un (a.) (sing. tabi or tabiI )." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nV subscriber/entry? entry=islam _ SIM -7259 (26 February 2008).
Strawson, P.F. Individuals: An Essay in Descriptive Metaphysics. London: Methuen & Co Ltd., 1959.
al-rabarI, Abu Ja'far. Til'rzkh al-rusul wa-al-mulUk. Translated and annotated by Fred M. Donner. The Conquest of Arabia. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1993.
Veccia Vaglieri, L. '''All b. AbI ralib." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nV subscriber/entry? entry=islam _ COM -0046 (26 February 2008).
Vida, G. Levi Della and Michael Bonner. '''Umar (I) b. al-Khattab." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nVsubscriber/entry?entry=islam _ SIM-7707 (26 February
2008).
Watt, W. Montgomery. '''A'isha Bint AbI Bakr." Encyclopaedia of Islam. Edited by P. Bearman, Th. Bianquis, C.E. Bosworth, E. van Donzel and W.P. Heinrichs, 2008, http://www.brillonline.nVsubscriber/ entry? entry=islam _ SIM -0440 (26 February 2008).
Wehr, Hans. A Dictionary of Modern Written Arabic (Arabic-English). Edited by J. Milton Cowan. 4th ed. Urbana, Illinois: Otto Harrassowitz KG, 1994.
Yusuf 'All, 'Abdullah. The Holy Qur-an: Text, Translation and Commentary. 3rd ed. Volume 1. Beirut: Printing Production, 1965.
- The Meaning of the Holy Qur'an. 10th ed. Maryland: Amana Publications, 1999.
Zeitlin, Irving M. The Historical Muhammad. Cambridge: Polity Press, 2007.